Wiltshire Local Plan

Wiltshire Sustainability Appraisal Draft Scoping Report Appendices

November 2017

Appendix A. Plans, Programmes and Policies

Source Summary Relevance

Generic documents of relevance to the Wiltshire Local Plan Review

International The Johannesburg Declaration of Makes a commitment to sustainable development, Enforces the need for Local Plans which Sustainable Development (2002) recognising that sustainable development requires a ensure sustainable development. long-term perspective and broad-based participation in policy formulation, decision-making and implementation at all levels. EU 7th Environmental Action Plan: Lists nine priority objectives to protect natural Member States share responsibility for its ‘Living well, within the limits of our capital; stimulate resource-efficient, low-carbon implementation and the achievement of its planet’ (2013) growth and innovation; and safeguard people’s priority objectives. health and wellbeing, as well as what the EU needs to do to achieve them by 2020. European Directive 2001/42/EC European Directive 2001/42/EC (the SEA Directive) A SEA is mandatory for plans/programmes (The SEA Directive) (2001) on the assessment of the effects of certain plans which are: and programmes on the environment requires a  prepared for agriculture, forestry, formal environmental assessment of certain plans fisheries, energy, industry, transport, and programmes which are likely to have significant waste/ water management, effects on the environment. telecommunications, tourism, town & country planning or land use and which set the framework for future development consent of projects listed in the EIA Directive; or  have been determined to require an assessment under the Habitats Directive. European Sustainable Provides a long-term vision and constitutes the Objectives and targets to be taken into Development Strategy (2009) overarching policy framework for all Union policies account when preparing policies. and strategies. States that a number of unsustainable trends require urgent action, including curbing and adapting to climate change, decreasing high energy consumption in the transport sector and

1 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

reversing the current loss of biodiversity and natural resources. Europe 2020: A strategy for smart, Contributes to laying the foundations for a more Objectives and targets to be taken into sustainable and inclusive growth sustainable future built on smart, sustainable and account when preparing policies. (2010) inclusive growth National National Planning Policy Sets out the government’s planning policies for Local plans should enable the delivery of Framework (2012 – to be revised England and how these are expected to be applied. sustainable development in accordance with in Spring 2018) It provides a framework for the preparation of local the policies in the Framework. Clear and plans, supplementary planning documents and adequate reasons would be needed to justify a neighbourhood plans. departure from the policies of the Framework. Planning Practice Guidance The PPG is a web-based resource which provides Section 19 of the Planning and Compulsory the government’s detailed planning guidance for Purchase Act 2004 requires a local planning England to be read alongside the NPPF. The PPG authority to have regard to advice issued by covers a variety of topics including (amongst others): the Secretary of State in preparing local conserving and enhancing the environment, housing development documents. Similarly section 34 and development needs assessments, natural of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act environment and strategic environmental 2004 requires local planning authorities to assessments. have regard to any guidance issued by the Secretary of State. Localism Act (2011) The aim of the act is to devolve more decision Requires local authorities to work with making powers from central government to councils neighbouring authorities and other prescribed and neighbourhoods and give local communities bodies in preparing their development plan more control over housing and planning decisions. documents. Housing White Paper: Fixing our Sets out the government’s plans to reform the Emphasises the necessity for a robust local broken housing market (2017) housing market and boost the supply of new homes plan and sets out proposals for local in England. authorities to consider in plan-making. Reinforces the central role of local and neighbourhood plans in the planning system, so that local planning authorities and local communities retain control of where development should and should not go. It also reiterates strong protections for the Green Belt and other environmental designations, and set 2 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

out proposals to make sure that we build high quality homes in which people want to live. Securing the Future: delivering UK Explains that the goal of sustainable development States that the planning system is key to Sustainable Development Strategy will be pursued in an integrated way through a achieving sustainable development. Sets out (2005) sustainable, innovative and productive economy that planning policies including ensuring brownfield delivers high levels of employment; and a just land is developed first for new housing; society that promotes social inclusion, sustainable ensuring new developments are located in communities and personal wellbeing. This should be areas which are accessible by means of done in ways that protect and enhance the physical walking, cycling and public transport; ensuring and natural environment, and use resources and the conservation and reuse of buildings and energy as efficiently as possible. protection of wildlife resources; and ensuring that there are strict controls on development in the open countryside to protect landscapes. Regional Just Connect! An Integrated Provides a long term strategy to enable the region to Every strategy that is prepared and reviewed Regional Strategy for the South focus its thinking and action on achieving long term in the region must now be set within the West 2004-2026 (2004) as well as short term goals. context of Just Connect and demonstrate how it is actively taking forward the region's objectives. State of the Environment in the Provides an overview of the natural environment in Outlines the work that needs to be done to South West (2011) the South West, future challenges and how the conserve regional wildlife and landscapes for natural environment can be protected. the future. Local Wiltshire Infrastructure Delivery Supports the Wiltshire Core Strategy and the To meet national planning policy requirements, Plan 3 (2016) Wiltshire Community Infrastructure Levy. Sets out the IDP identifies the infrastructure that is the infrastructure requirements to support planned needed by new housing and employment new development in Wiltshire. development planned in the Core Strategy. Chippenham Site Allocations Plan Identifies the strategic sites which will best support A result of Core Policies within the current (2017) the town's future and which are the most Wiltshire Core Strategy. environmentally appropriate in accordance with the overarching policies of the Wiltshire Core Strategy. Bath & North East Somerset Sets out the spatial elements of the Council’s Vision Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on Council Local Plan (2014) and objectives and translates them into a deliverable planning issues that cross administrative

3 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

plan for now and the future. Relevant key strategic boundaries. It is therefore important for local issues include: authorities to be aware of the relevant Strategic objective 3: Economic development, strategic objectives and/or any specific diversification and prosperity requirements in the Core Strategies of its Strategic objective 5: Meeting housing needs neighbouring authorities that would have Strategic objective 7: Delivering well connected particular cross-boundary effects. places accessible by sustainable means of transport Bath & North East Somerset Sets out the proposed scope and programme for the Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on Council Core Strategy Review preparation of the Bath & North East Somerset Core planning issues that cross administrative 2016-2036 Commencement Strategy Review 2016-2036. boundaries. It is therefore important for local Document (2016) authorities to be aware of the relevant strategic objectives and/or any specific requirements in the Core Strategies of its neighbouring authorities that would have particular cross-boundary effects. Christchurch and East Dorset Local Sets out the planning strategy for Christchurch Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on Plan (2014) Borough and East Dorset District until 2028. planning issues that cross administrative Relevant key strategic issues include: boundaries. It is therefore important for local  Almost limitless housing demand, given the authorities to be aware of the relevant popularity of the area to live in. strategic objectives and/or any specific  The need to adapt to the challenges of requirements in the Core Strategies of its climate change, particularly the increased neighbouring authorities that would have risk of flooding, as well as measures to particular cross-boundary effects. reduce the impact of new development on climate change. Mendip District Local Plan 2006- Provides an overarching framework for the future of Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on 2029 (2014) the District to 2029. Relevant key strategic issues planning issues that cross administrative include: boundaries. It is therefore important for local  Chronic undersupply of housing in major authorities to be aware of the relevant centres surround the district strategic objectives and/or any specific  Commuting patterns: Providing appropriate requirements in the Core Strategies of its jobs at Frome to recapture a workforce neighbouring authorities that would have travelling outside Mendip for employment particular cross-boundary effects. New Forest National Park Core Provides a consistent set of planning policies Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on 4 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Strategy and Development covering the whole of the National Park, including a planning issues that cross administrative Management Policies DPD (2010) number of more detailed development management boundaries. It is therefore important for local policies to guide planning decisions in the Park. authorities to be aware of the relevant Strategic objectives include: strategic objectives and/or any specific  Plan for the likely impacts of climate change requirements in the Core Strategies of its  Support development which encourages neighbouring authorities that would have sustainable tourism and recreation particular cross-boundary effects.  Reduce the impacts of traffic New Forest District Council Core Forms the planning framework for the New Forest Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on Strategy (2009) District communities outside of the National Park for planning issues that cross administrative the period up to 2026. boundaries. It is therefore important for local Strategic objectives include: authorities to be aware of the relevant  Climate change and environmental strategic objectives and/or any specific sustainability requirements in the Core Strategies of its  Housing neighbouring authorities that would have  Economy particular cross-boundary effects.  Travel  Leisure and recreation Partnership Plan for the New Contains priority actions for the period 2015- Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on Forest National Park (2015) 2020. Gives examples of recent projects and planning issues that cross administrative describes new issues affecting the National Park. boundaries. It is therefore important for local authorities to be aware of the relevant strategic objectives and/or any specific requirements in the Core Strategies of its neighbouring authorities that would have particular cross-boundary effects. North Dorset Local Plan (2016) Sets out clear aims and objectives and includes Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on policies to guide the overall level of development, planning issues that cross administrative where it should be located and how it should be boundaries. It is therefore important for local designed. Key issues and challenges include: authorities to be aware of the relevant  Addressing the causes and effects of climate strategic objectives and/or any specific change requirements in the Core Strategies of its  Delivering more sustainable forms of neighbouring authorities that would have development particular cross-boundary effects.

5 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

 Delivering more sustainable patterns of development  Protecting internationally important wildlife sites Strategic objectives include:  Meeting the district’s housing needs South Gloucestershire Core Sets out the general location of development, its Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on Strategy 2006-2027 (2013) type and scale, as well as protecting what is valued planning issues that cross administrative about the area. boundaries. It is therefore important for local Strategic objectives include: authorities to be aware of the relevant  Responding to climate change and high strategic objectives and/or any specific quality design requirements in the Core Strategies of its  Managing future development neighbouring authorities that would have  Managing economic prosperity particular cross-boundary effects.  Providing housing and community infrastructure South Somerset Local Plan 2006- Provides a collection of policies which set out the Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on 2028 (2015) long term vision and strategic context for managing planning issues that cross administrative and accommodating growth within South Somerset boundaries. It is therefore important for local up to 2028. authorities to be aware of the relevant Strategic objectives include: strategic objectives and/or any specific  A comprehensive, high performing economy requirements in the Core Strategies of its  A balanced housing market neighbouring authorities that would have  An Eco Town for Yeovil to deliver on the particular cross-boundary effects. balanced housing market objective  Movement toward a Carbon Neutral economy by 2030 (for new and existing buildings). Swindon Borough Local Plan 2026 Providing the development strategy to deliver Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on (2015) sustainable growth to the year 2026. planning issues that cross administrative Strategic objectives include: boundaries. It is therefore important for local  Infrastructure requirements authorities to be aware of the relevant  Economy strategic objectives and/or any specific  Housing requirements in the Core Strategies of its 6 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

 Transport neighbouring authorities that would have  Green Infrastructure particular cross-boundary effects. Swindon Central Area Action Plan Forms part of the Local Development Plan for Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on (2009) Swindon Borough and provides the planning planning issues that cross administrative framework to facilitate the delivery of the boundaries. It is therefore important for local regeneration of Central Swindon. authorities to be aware of the relevant strategic objectives and/or any specific requirements in the Core Strategies of its neighbouring authorities that would have particular cross-boundary effects. Test Valley Local Plan 2011-2029 Sets out proposed policies for determining planning Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on (2016) applications and identifying strategic allocations for planning issues that cross administrative housing, employment and other uses. boundaries. It is therefore important for local Key issues include: authorities to be aware of the relevant  Providing for the future housing needs, types strategic objectives and/or any specific and tenures within the Borough requirements in the Core Strategies of its  Providing a range of job opportunities neighbouring authorities that would have  Ensuring development addresses particular cross-boundary effects. sustainability issues such as combating climate change, implementing water and energy efficiency measures and reusing resources  Protecting high standards of water and air quality  Encouraging use of public transport, cycling and walking networks to help reduce reliance on cars and provide choice Vale of White Horse District Sets out large strategic sites and polices to help Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on Council Local Plan 2031 Part 1 and guide development. planning issues that cross administrative 2 (2016) Strategic objectives include: boundaries. It is therefore important for local  The development proposed for the area in authorities to be aware of the relevant the South East Plan has been provided strategic objectives and/or any specific  The local economy is successful. There are requirements in the Core Strategies of its diverse, secure, well-paid and rewarding neighbouring authorities that would have

7 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

jobs. particular cross-boundary effects.  The water supply to the residents of the Vale and surrounding areas is secure, reliable and safe. West Berkshire Core Strategy Sets out a long term vision for West Berkshire to Public bodies have a duty to cooperate on 2006-2026 (2012) 2026 and translates this into spatial terms, setting planning issues that cross administrative out proposals for where development will go, and boundaries. It is therefore important for local how this development will be built. Cross boundary authorities to be aware of the relevant issues identified relating to Wiltshire include: strategic objectives and/or any specific  Rural issues do create synergies and a requirements in the Core Strategies of its range of cross border activity does exist neighbouring authorities that would have between West Berkshire, Wiltshire, particular cross-boundary effects. Oxfordshire and Hampshire often associated with the North Wessex Downs Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB)  The concentration of towns surrounding West Berkshire with strong economic growth agendas has the ability to attract business investment and labour away from the District Strategic objectives include:  Tackling climate change  Housing growth  Housing needs  Economy Made neighbourhood plans and A number of neighbourhood plans are being Neighbourhood plans are required to be in neighbourhood plans in produced within the County or have been made. general conformity with the strategic policies in preparation Neighbourhood plans set out a vision and planning the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide policies for the use and development of land and, evidence of community aspirations relevant to once made, form part of the statutory development the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning plan. policy documents. Trowbridge Masterplan (2014) The document includes: It is intended that this Masterplan will be  A summary of the baseline evidence; adopted as a Supplementary Planning  An analysis of the issues facing the town Document by Wiltshire Council and as such centre; will be a material consideration in the

8 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

 A Masterplan covering the whole of the town determination of planning proposals. As a centre; template for change and growth, the  An identification and assessment of the Masterplan will be used to inform planning  Opportunity Sites; decisions made within and affecting the  Land use recommendations the Key Masterplan area. Opportunity  Sites; and  A delivery strategy. Chippenham Masterplan Sets out Guidance to improve the town centre and Provides further detail and guidance on (2014) surrounding area. development set out in Core Policy 9 of the draft Core Strategy ‘Chippenham Central Area of Opportunity’. 1. Biodiversity - protection and enhancement of biodiversity, including wildlife networks and wider green infrastructure

International The Convention on Biological Contains 3 main objectives: Objectives to be taken into consideration when Diversity, Rio de Janeiro (1992) 1. The conservation of biological diversity preparing policies. 2. The sustainable use of the components of biological diversity 3. The fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of the utilization of genetic resources EC Council Directive 92/43/EEC The aim of the Habitats Directive is to create a Natural habitats are to be maintained or Conservation of Natural Habitats, coherent European ecological network known as restored to favourable conservation value. Flora & Fauna (Habitats Directive) Natura 2000 and maintain populations of protected Features of the landscape that are essential species and conserve biodiversity, flora and fauna for the migration, dispersal and genetic at a level which corresponds to ecological, scientific exchange of wild species are to be managed and cultural requirements. affectively. Appropriate assessment would be required if the plan is likely to have a significant effect on a European site. DPDs should include objectives and policies aimed at controlling development and land use activities on or adjacent to sites of significant 9 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

conservation value.

EU Council Directive 2009/147/EC The Directive provides a framework for the Member States are required to designate on the conservation of wild birds conservation and management of, and human Special Protection Areas (SPAs) to protect (Birds Directive) interactions with, wild birds in Europe. It sets broad threatened and migratory bird species. objectives for a wide range of activities, although Measures are required to preserve, maintain the precise legal mechanisms for their achievement or re-establish a sufficient diversity and area of are at the discretion of each Member State (in the habitats for all species listed in Annex I of the UK delivery is via several different statutes). Directive. There are currently several SPAs within Wiltshire. LPAs should consider how plans can contribute to maintaining bird species populations and contribute at the local level to the objectives and requirements of the Directive. Ramsar Convention on Wetlands Intergovernmental treaty that provides the The UK Government has issued policy of International Importance (1971) framework for the conservation and wise use of statements relating to the special status of wetlands and their resources. Ramsar sites. This extends the same protection at a policy level to listed Ramsar sites in respect of new development as that afforded to sites which have been designated under the EC Birds and Habitats Directives as part of the EU Natura 2000 network. The European Commission Aims to improve the consideration of climate change Guidance to be taken into consideration when Guidance on Integrating Climate and biodiversity in strategic environmental preparing the Sustainability Appraisal Report Change and Biodiversity into assessments (SEAs) carried out across the EU and Strategic Environmental Assessment Strategic Environmental Member States. This summary gives an overview of (SEA). Assessment (2013) the guidance and distils the advice on how to integrate these issues into SEAs. National

10 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

A Strategy for England’s Trees, A 10-15 year strategy which aims to protect and Policies include encouraging an early and Woods & Forests (2007) enhance trees, woods and forests. integrated approach to tree and woodland planting and management in and around our towns and cities; integrating trees, woodland and associated green space into local growth, regeneration and brownfield restoration, as a cost-effective and sustainable contribution to local environmental quality; and ensuring that the planting and management of trees, woods and forests takes account of local landscape attributes. Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 Provides for the notification of Sites of Special Contains measures for the protection and as amended Scientific Interest (SSSI) – areas of special scientific management of SSSIs. interest by reason of their flora, fauna, or geological or physiographical features. The Natural Choice: securing the Outlines the Government’s vision for the future of Describes reforms of the planning system to value of nature (2011) landscapes and ecosystem services. The paper take a strategic approach to planning for emphasises that although we know the environment nature within and across local areas. The provides many irreplaceable and valuable services approach will guide development to the best we have been unsustainably exploiting natural locations, encourage greener design and capital for many years, leading to biodiversity loss enable development to enhance natural and degradation. Plans for action to halt and reverse networks. Core objectives of the planning the decline in biodiversity and ecosystem services system are the protection and improvement of are described. the natural environment. Circular 06/05: Biodiversity and Complements the national planning policy in the Provides administrative guidance on the Geological Conservation – National Planning Policy Framework and the application of the law relating to planning and statutory obligations and their Planning Practice Guidance. nature conservation as it applies in England. impact within the planning system (2005) The UK Post 2010 Biodiversity Sets a framework and objectives for protecting, Objectives to be taken into account in Framework enhancing and managing biodiversity. preparing planning policy documents.

11 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Biodiversity 2020: A strategy for Seeks to achieve the following outcomes by 2020: States, in relation to planning, that the aim England’s wildlife and ecosystem  More, bigger and less fragmented areas for should be to “guide development to the best services wildlife. No net loss of priority habitat and a locations, encourage greener design and net increase in priority habitats enable development to enhance natural  Restoring at least 15% of degraded networks”. Plans should have regard to the ecosystems as a contribution to climate objectives of the UK BAP and the national change mitigation and adaptation targets for biodiversity. Plan policies should  An overall improvement in the status of seek to increase the quality and range of species and prevention of further human- wildlife habitats. induced extinctions  Improved engagement in biodiversity issues Natural Environment and Rural Aims to help achieve a rich and diverse natural Section 41 (S41) of the Act requires the Communities Act (2006) environment and thriving rural communities. Secretary of State to publish a list of habitats and species which are of principal importance for the conservation of biodiversity in England. The list is used to guide decision-makers such as public bodies, including local and regional authorities, in implementing their duty under section 40 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act 2006, to have regard to the conservation of biodiversity in England, when carrying out their normal functions. NPPF (2013 – to be revised in The NPPF places ‘great weight’ on conserving the The NPPF states that the planning system Spring 2018) and NPPG landscape, wildlife and heritage in AONBs, where should minimise impacts on biodiversity and planning permission for development should be provide net gains where possible. Local Plans refused except in exceptional circumstances where should plan positively for the creation, public interest can be demonstrated. protection, enhancement and management of networks of biodiversity and green infrastructure. The selection and development of sites should seek to conserve and enhance biodiversity by ensuring that where significant harm from development cannot be avoided or mitigated, planning permission is refused. Regional

12 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

South West Biodiversity Sets out a framework of policy, priorities and actions Informs regional planning of the main Implementation Plan (2004) to assist in a more integrated approach to delivering biodiversity issues within the South West our biodiversity aims. It is the South West’s which should be taken into consideration in contribution towards the 'Biodiversity Strategy for preparing planning documents. England' and aims to influence regional strategies, plans and policies, such as the Regional Spatial Strategy and regional agri-environment scheme targeting. South West Regional Nature Map Provides a broad-scale, strategic vision for change Can be used to: (2007) which offers a spatially-based tool for identifying 1. identify where most of the major where biodiversity enhancement should be delivered biodiversity concentrations are found in the future, using existing areas of wildlife value as and where targets to maintain, restore a starting point. and re-create wildlife might best be met; 2. formulate sustainable choices for development e.g. through Local Development Frameworks and the Regional Spatial Strategy; 3. assist in targeting the new Environmental Stewardship Scheme; 4. develop partnerships and projects for biodiversity in the region; 5. provide a focus for projects that will help biodiversity to adapt to climate change. Local Wiltshire Biodiversity Action Plan Provides a tool which summarises and directs the Development can affect all habitats in the (2008) activities of statutory, private and third sector county. The Local Development Frameworks organisations delivering biodiversity activity in (LDFs) produced by Local Planning Wiltshire. By pulling these actions into one plan, it Authorities (LPAs), provide many creates a coherent plan of action which can be opportunities to protect and enhance delivered through a partnership of organisations biodiversity, together with policy and working together. It also acts as a vital reporting tool legislation such as the biodiversity duty set to help monitor key habitats and species. out under the Natural Environment and Rural 13 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Communities (NERC) Act, 2006.

Wiltshire’s Landscape Biodiversity Provides a framework within which to coordinate It identifies opportunities and priorities for Areas (2012) conservation efforts and create viable, landscape scale conservation within Wiltshire interconnected, landscape scale units of these and Swindon. This guidance will inform priority habitats. Additionally, it should highlight consideration of Wiltshire and Swindon’s where priority habitats are not receiving the focus specific landscape and biodiversity areas which they require and can hopefully guide future within planning policy documents. efforts in such areas. Wiltshire Housing Site Allocations The purpose of Habitats Regulations Assessment The assessment focuses on the possible Plan Pre-submission draft plan (HRA) of land use plans is to ensure that protection effects on designated sites of international Habitat Regulations assessment of the integrity of European sites is a part of the nature conservation importance within and (HRA) (2017) planning process at a regional and local level. close to Wiltshire. Wiltshire Core Strategy The purpose of Habitats Regulations Assessment The assessment focuses on the possible Submission Draft – Assessment (HRA) of land use plans is to ensure that protection effects on designated sites of international under the Habitats Regulations of the integrity of European sites is a part of the nature conservation importance within and Wiltshire Council (2012) planning process at a regional and local level. close to Wiltshire. Wiltshire Core Strategy Habitats The purpose of Habitats Regulations Assessment The assessment focuses on the possible Regulations Assessments (2014) (HRA) of land use plans is to ensure that protection effects on designated sites of international of the integrity of European sites is a part of the nature conservation importance within and planning process at a regional and local level. close to Wiltshire. 2. Land and soil resources – ensure prudent use of land and other resources

International EC Council Directive 2008/98/EC The Directive sets the basic concepts and Establishes the waste management hierarchy EU Framework Directive on Waste definitions related to waste management, such as which EU Member States are required to (Waste Framework Directive) definitions of waste, recycling and recovery. It lays apply in waste policy. down basic waste management principles. EC Council Directive 99/31/EC Sets a target to reduce the proportion of Objectives and targets to be taken into Landfill Directive (1999) biodegradable municipal waste landfilled by 75% by account when preparing policies. 2035 compared to 1995, in England a commitment is made to meeting this target through the Waste Management Plan for England, 2013.

14 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

European Nitrates Directive Aims to protect water quality across Europe by Objectives and targets to be taken into 91/676/EC (1991) preventing nitrates from agricultural sources account when preparing policies. polluting ground and surface waters and by promoting the use of good farming practices. EC Council Directive 2003/108/EC The objective of the Directive is to promote re-use, Objectives and targets to be taken into Waste Electrical and Electronic recycling and other forms of recovery of waste account when preparing policies. Equipment (2003) electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) in order to reduce the quantity of such waste to be disposed and to improve the environmental performance of the economic operators involved in the treatment of WEEE. National The State of Soils in England and Summarises the Environment Agency’s assessment States that soil needs to be seen as a Wales (2004) of the state of soils in England and Wales. It does valuable raw material, to be protected by the not identify detailed responsibilities and actions but it planning system and during the life and has helped to inform the Environment Agency’s own restoration of mineral extraction and other priorities for action, which will be set out in its Soil development sites. Also states that planning Strategy. is central to preserving the diversity of soils and the services they provide. It is recommended that planners need access to better information on land and soil quality. Waste Strategy for England 2007 The aim of the Waste Strategy for England is to Framework to be taken into account when (DEFRA, 2007) break the link between economic growth and waste preparing policy. growth. The strategy sets out key new policies and actions and sets the framework for further policy development. Waste Management Plan for This plan provides an overview of waste To be taken into account alongside the NPPF England, DEFRA (2013) management in England and fulfils the revised in the preparation of planning policy Waste Framework Directive (WFD) Article 28 documents. mandatory requirements, and other required content as set out in schedule 1 to the Waste (England and Wales) Regulations 2011

15 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Waste (England and Wales) Implement the revised EU Waste Framework Businesses and organisations (including Regulations 2011 (2011) Directive 2008/98 which sets requirements for the local authorities on behalf of householders) collection, transport, recovery and disposal of waste. must take all such measures as are reasonable in the circumstances to:

 prevent waste  apply the waste hierarchy when you transfer waste

Environmental Protection Act Brings in a system of integrated pollution control for Part 2A provides a framework for local (1990) the disposal of wastes to land, water and air. authorities to investigate and deal with contaminated land in their districts.

Environmental Permitting Aims to provide comprehensive help for those Local authorities are responsible for allocating Regulations (England and Wales) operating, regulating or interested in facilities that environmental permits for Part A(2) or Part B 2010 (2010) are covered by the Regulations. It describes the activities. main provisions and sets out the views on how the Regulations should be applied and how particular terms should be interpreted in England and Wales. Safeguarding our Soils: A Strategy The Soil Strategy seeks to put in place a framework Planning policy document preparation should for England, DEFRA (2009) for policy making to maximise the benefits that soils take account of the importance of protecting can bring to the economic and environmental well- and managing soils. being of today’s and future generations. It focuses on sustainable soil management in agriculture and forestry, halting the decline of soil carbon, sustainable soil management in the built environment and the protection of soil during the recycling of organic materials to land. Prevention is Better Than Cure: Sets out the Government’s view on how to reduce Local authorities have an important role to The Role of Waste Prevention in the amount of waste produced and presents the play in the circular economy as sources of Moving to a More Resource key roles and actions which should be taken in our information on resource efficiency as well as Efficient Economy (2013) transition towards a more resource efficient providers of services. Lists actions for local economy. It also sets out the actions government authorities as a guide to best practice on 16 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

is taking to support this transition. waste prevention. National Planning Policy for Waste Sets out detailed waste planning policies. It should To be taken into account alongside the NPPF (2014) be read in conjunction with the National Planning in the preparation of planning policy Policy Framework and the National Waste documents. Management Plan for England. The Definition of Waste: Sets out the circumstances under which waste may Other policy documents will need to be Development Industry Code of be regarded as non-waste. cognisant of this documents content. Practice. Version 2. CL:AIRE (2011) NPPF (2013 – to be revised in The NPPF states that planning decisions need to Clear and adequate reasons would be Spring 2018) and NPPG take sufficient account of soil quality in particular in needed to justify a departure from the policies cases where significant areas of the best and most of the Framework. versatile agricultural land may be lost to development. Regional From Rubbish To Resource – Aims to ensure that by the year 2020 over 45% of The strategy’s policies and actions address Regional Waste Strategy for the waste is recycled and reused and less than 20% of local authorities as they are key partners to South West 2004 – 2020 (2004) waste produced in the region will be landfilled. To deliver the strategy. achieve this aim, the strategy defines key areas for action by the people of the region and by organisations. Local Wiltshire Council Inspection Part IIA of the Environmental Protection Act 1990 States that there is a duty on Local Strategy for Contaminated Land regulations require each authority to prepare, Authorities (LAs) to inspect the land within adopt and publish, a formal written strategy for the their administrative area periodically for inspection of its area setting out a rational, ordered evidence of ground contamination that is and efficient approach to the identification of land causing, or has the potential to cause, which merits detailed individual inspection. The significant harm to environmental receptors. Inspection Strategy is to identify the most serious ground contamination problems which may pose an actual or potential risk to human health and the drinking water. Wiltshire Council Contaminated Aims to aid in the identification of sites where land Part 2A of the Environmental Protection Act

17 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Land Supplementary Planning contamination is relevant to the proposed 1990 states that local authorities must ensure Document (2017) draft development; to identify and manage risk from any that the condition of contaminated land which historic contamination that may be present; provide poses a significant possibility of significant a structures approach to the investigation, harm to people is addressed to control any remediation and validation of development sites unacceptable risk. where land contamination is a material consideration; and to maintain consistency in dealing with sites where the legacy of potentially contaminative land use exists or is suspected. Wiltshire and Swindon Waste Core Sets out the planning policy framework for waste Forms part of the development plan. Other Strategy 2006-2026 (2009) management. Aims to resolve three key issues; policy documents will need to be cognisant of 1. Substantial population growth in Wiltshire its policies. and Swindon and the need for additional waste management capacity to serve the SSCTs and rural areas. 2. Identifying future site locations, rationalising the Framework of Waste Management Sites and the environmental importance of Wiltshire and Swindon. 3. Resolve the approach to waste management in Wiltshire and Swindon in line with principles of sustainability. Wiltshire and Swindon Minerals The overall approach of the Wiltshire & Swindon Forms part of the development plan. Other Core Strategy 2006-2026 (2009) Minerals Core Strategy is to manage the policy documents will need to be cognisant of availability, extraction and use of primary, its policies. secondary and recycled mineral resources whilst seeking to protect the interests of local communities and the wider environment through a series of strategic policies. Wiltshire and Swindon - Minerals Provides the policy framework for determining Forms part of the development plan. Other Development Control Policies DPD planning applications for minerals development policy documents will need to be cognisant of (2009) within Swindon and Wiltshire. its policies.

18 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Wiltshire and Swindon - Waste Sets out the policies of Wiltshire Council and Forms part of the development plan. Other Development Control Policies DPD Swindon Borough Council on managing waste policy documents will need to be cognisant of (2009) management development. Forms one element of its policies. the Wiltshire and Swindon Minerals and Waste Development Framework and should be read in conjunction with national policy as well as the Minerals and Waste Core Strategy DPD and the Waste Site Allocations DPD. Wiltshire and Swindon - Waste Site Identifies 35 strategic and local scale sites offering Forms part of the development plan. Other Allocations Local Plan (2013) a range of potential waste uses to flexibly meet the policy documents will need to be cognisant of capacity requirements of Wiltshire and Swindon up its policies. to 2026. In recognition of the need to be flexible and responsive to change, sufficient sites are identified to provide room for existing waste management facilities to grow, as well as provide opportunity for new facilities and/or technologies to become established. Confers ‘preferred area’ status on the identified sites. Wiltshire and Swindon - Aggregate Identifies sites that are suitable for mineral working Forms part of the development plan. Other Minerals Site Allocations Local and includes policies on site-specific issues, policy documents will need to be cognisant of Plan (2013) preferred restoration objectives and particular its policies. planning requirements that applicants will have to address through subsequent planning applications.

3. Water Resource - reduce pollution of watercourses and groundwater. Manage flood risk.

International EC Council Directive 2000/60/EC The Water Framework Directive introduces Plan policies should take account of the need Water Framework Directive (Water legislation that protects and enhances the status to prevent deterioration of the status of all Framework Directive) of aquatic ecosystems, promotes sustainable bodies of water within Wiltshire. consumption of water, provides for the reduction Consideration should be given to the use of and cessation of discharges and emissions and water as a natural resource and to controlling reduces pollution of groundwater. the location of activities and land-uses that may adversely impact on water quality,

19 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

including unwanted discharges to surface and ground water.

European Urban Waste Water Its objective is to protect the environment from the The planning aspects of the Directive require Treatment Directive 91/271/EEC adverse effects of urban waste water discharges Member States to: (1991) and discharges from certain industrial sectors and concerns the collection, treatment and discharge of:  Designate sensitive areas and review their designation every four years;  Domestic waste water  Identify the relevant hydraulic  Mixture of waste water catchment areas of the sensitive areas  Waste water from certain industrial sectors and ensure that all discharges from agglomerations with more than 10 000 p.e. located within the catchment shall have more stringent than secondary treatment;  Establish less sensitive areas if relevant;  Establish a technical and financial programme for the implementation of the Directive for the construction of sewage collecting systems and wastewater treatment plants addressing treatment objectives within the deadlines set up by the Directive. EC Council Directive 91/676/EC Aims to protect water quality across Europe by Member States are required to identify water Nitrates (1991) preventing nitrates from agricultural sources polluted or at risk of pollution, designate polluting ground and surface waters and by Nitrate Vulnerable Zones (NVZs), establish promoting the use of good farming practices. Codes of Good Agricultural Practice and establish action programmes to be implemented by farmers within NVZs. National

20 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

A 50-Year Vision for Wetlands The Vision is supported by maps that illustrate how The maps provide a national context for (2008) fragmented and threatened wetlands are today and those planning and acting locally. It shows, at a national scale, where freshwater complements Regional plans, strategies and wetlands could potentially be restored and created local projects, and provides guidance for to protect and enhance wildlife, to preserve our those who would like to develop such wetland heritage and to deliver valuable services to initiatives. society. Future Water – The Government’s Future Water sets out how the government wants Policies should take account of the long term Water Strategy for England (2008) the water sector to look by 2030, and some of the aims of the Water Strategy. steps necessary to get there. It aims for the sustainable delivery of secure water supplies and an improved and protected water environment. The Urban Waste Water UK implementation of the European Urban Waste Requires the identification of “sensitive areas” Treatment (England and Wales) Water Treatment Directive 91/271/EEC (1991). and “high natural dispersion areas”. (Amendment) Regulations (2003) Underground, under threat: Describes aims and objectives for Seek to influence all Local Development Groundwater protection policy and groundwater for policy makers, planners and the Documents as a way of helping to achieve practice (2006) public at large. the aims and objectives. Underground, under threat – The Looks at the current condition of groundwater. It Outlines the issue of land use, including state of groundwater in England gives advance warning of the challenges that will be urbanization and large building and Wales (2006) faced and the changes that the Water Framework developments, creating increased demand, Directive will make necessary. reduced recharge and further potential for pollution. Flood and Water Management Act The Bill responds to recent pressure to introduce Requires leading local flood authorities to 2010 legislation to address the threat of flooding and create local flood risk management strategies water scarcity, both of which are predicted to and enables local authorities more easily to increase with climate change. carry out flood risk management works. Sustainable Drainage Systems: Makes clear that the Government’s Should be read in conjunction with the Written Statement (HCWS161) expectation is that sustainable drainage systems will policies in the National Planning Policy (2014) be provided in new developments wherever this is Framework. Should be taken into account in appropriate. the preparation of local and neighbourhood plans, and may be a material consideration in planning decisions.

21 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

NPPF (2013 – to be revised in Paragraph 100 of the NPPF states that new Clear and adequate reasons would be Spring 2018) and NPPG development should be strategically located away needed to justify a departure from the policies from areas of high flood risk, not act to increase of the Framework. flood risk elsewhere and seek opportunities to reduce flood risk where possible. Paragraph 103 states that new and existing development should be prevented from contributing to water pollution, and that Development should give “priority to the use of sustainable drainage systems”. Regional Bristol Avon and North Somerset Sets out how water resources will be managed in Can be used to locate areas where water use Streams WFD Management Area the catchment and provides information on how is unsustainable to prevent deterioration. Abstraction Licensing Strategy existing abstraction licenses and water availability (2012) in the future will be managed. Dorset Water Framework Directive Sets out how water resources will be managed in Can be used to locate areas where water use Management Area Abstraction the catchment and provides information on how is unsustainable to prevent deterioration. Licensing Strategy (2012) existing abstraction licenses and water availability in the future will be managed. Hampshire Avon Water Sets out how water resources will be managed in Can be used to locate areas where water use Framework Directive Management the catchment and provides information on how is unsustainable to prevent deterioration. Area Abstraction Licensing existing abstraction licenses and water availability Strategy (2012) in the future will be managed. Hampshire Avon Catchment Flood An overview of the flood risk across the river CFMPs should be used to inform planning Management Plan (2008) catchment and recommended ways of managing and decision making by key stakeholders the risk now and over the next 50 to 100 years. such as local authorities who can use the plan to inform spatial planning activities and emergency planning. Kennet and Vale of White Horse Sets out how water resources will be managed in Can be used to locate areas where water use Catchment Abstraction Licensing the catchment and provides information on how is unsustainable to prevent deterioration. Strategy (2012) existing abstraction licenses and water availability in the future will be managed. Test and Itchen Abstraction Sets out how water resources will be managed in Can be used to locate areas where water use Licensing Strategy (2013) the catchment and provides information on how is unsustainable to prevent deterioration. existing abstraction licenses and water availability

22 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

in the future will be managed. South and West Somerset Sets out how water resources will be managed in Can be used to locate areas where water use Abstraction Licensing Strategy the catchment and provides information on how is unsustainable to prevent deterioration. (2012) existing abstraction licenses and water availability in the future will be managed. Housing growth and water supply Reviews the impact on public water supplies of At high rates of growth (25% and 50% greater in the South West of England accelerating growth over the period up to 2030. than RPG) deficits in public water supply (2005) Housing growth is modelled against the background begin to occur from 2009 in some parts of the provided in water company plans including predicted region. The options available to address changes in per capita water consumption; these shortfalls are outlined. Maintaining reductions in leakage; changes in the coverage of secure water supplies at high rates of metered properties and water available from new household growth requires immediate steps resource development. to greatly improve the water efficiency of new homes. In some areas further action may be required to maintain public water supplies. Water Resources for the Future – Looks ahead to 2025, and considers the various Sets out a framework for action by many a summary of the strategy for pressures on water resources and how to respond different organisations and individuals; water Thames region (2001) to them in a way that is robust to the many risks and companies, planning authorities, farmers, uncertainties faced in planning and managing environmental organisations. resources. South West River Basin Provides a framework for protecting and Informs decisions on land-use planning. Management Plan (RBMP) enhancing the benefits provided by the water Identifies the role of spatial planning in Updated (2015) environment. meeting water objectives and provides an evidence base document for the preparation of local planning policies. Local authorities should when preparing spatial plans:  consider impact on hydromorphology,  consider impact on water quality;  consider urban diffuse pollution pressures;  require water efficiency standards to be met;  commission water cycle studies;  consider the impact of pollution.

23 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

South West River Basin District Provides information on flood risk for the South FRMPs set out how risk management Flood Risk Management Plan West river basin district from 2015 to 2021 and a authorities will work with communities to (FRMP) 2015 – 2021 (2016) summary of the aims and actions needed to manage flood and coastal risk over the next 6 manage the risk. years. Risk management authorities include local councils. Thames River Basin Management Provides a framework for protecting and Informs decisions on land-use planning. Plan (RBMP) Updated (2015) enhancing the benefits provided by the water Identifies the role of spatial planning in environment. meeting water objectives and provides an evidence base document for the preparation of local planning policies. Local authorities should when preparing spatial plans:  consider impact on hydromorphology,  consider impact on water quality;  consider urban diffuse pollution pressures;  require water efficiency standards to be met;  commission water cycle studies;  consider the impact of pollution. Thames Water Water Resource The purpose of the water resources planning The document provides water resource Management Plan 2015-2040 process is to ensure security of water supply now information to inform planning policy (2014) and in the long-term, taking account of increasing documents. pressures on water supply from factors such as increasing population, climate change and environmental requirements. South East River Basin Provides a framework for protecting and Informs decisions on land-use planning. Management Plan (RBMP) enhancing the benefits provided by the water Identifies the role of spatial planning in Updated (2015) environment. meeting water objectives and provides an evidence base document for the preparation of local planning policies. Local authorities should when preparing spatial plans:  consider impact on hydromorphology,  consider impact on water quality;  consider urban diffuse pollution pressures;

24 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

 require water efficiency standards to be met;  commission water cycle studies;  consider the impact of pollution. River Avon Special Area of Provides a measure to help to reduce and Aims to help facilitate development and Conservation Nutrient manage phosphorus levels in the River Avon change in the catchment of the river by Management Plan for Phosphorus Special Area of Conservation (SAC), in ensuring that they do not add to the (2015) accordance with international obligations, phosphorus load in the river in a way that principally in the EU Habitats, Wild Birds and might conflict with the conservation objectives Water Framework Directives. for the SAC. Stakeholders across the Avon must work together to deliver ambition phosphorus reduction targets by 2021. NPPF (2013 – to be revised in The NPPF states that local planning authorities Policies will need to be developed in an Spring 2018) and NPPG should take full account of water supply and understanding of the potential impacts of demand considerations and the ability of water pollutants from development on the water supply and wastewater treatment to meet forecast environment, particularly in relation to Natura demand. 2000 sites. Local Wiltshire Council Level 1 SFRA The report summarises information on the The document provides local flood risk Update (2013) application of the Sequential Test, a broad scale information to inform Wiltshire’s planning assessment of flood risk for the potential strategic policy documents. The NPPF states that developments, flood risk management measures Local Plans should be supported by an SFRA, for consideration for new developments, and that LPAs should use SFRA’s to steer recommendations for flood risk policy and site development towards low flood vulnerability specific Flood Risk Assessment (FRA) guidance. areas by applying the Sequential Test and where necessary the Exception Test. Wiltshire Council Surface Water Outlines the preferred surface water management It is important that the SWMP is not viewed as Management Plan focussed on strategy in a given location. In this context surface an isolated document, but one that connects Chippenham, Trowbridge and water flooding describes flooding from sewers, with other strategic and local plans. As plans Salisbury. Phase I & II Final Report drains, groundwater, and runoff from land, small progress for settlements, the findings of the (2011) water courses and ditches that occurs as a result of SWMP should be considered and incorporated heavy rainfall. in wider spatial planning decisions to provide sustainable development for the future. Wiltshire Local Flood Risk Describes Wiltshire Council’s approach to flooding The Council is responsible for maintaining, Management Strategy (2015) and how it will work with other organisations. applying and monitoring the strategy, and ensuring that it is consistent with the National 25 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Flood and Coastal Risk Management Strategy.

Wiltshire Council Ground Water Aims to clarify the challenges caused by ground Seeks to give guidance and specifications for Management Strategy 2016 (2015) water and how Wiltshire Council is aiming to identify future development, safeguard water quality areas at risk, and who can help in partnership where development are proposed within approach. ground water areas. States that groundwater flood risk should be a consideration when preparing local plans. Where it is necessary and where development areas cannot for other reasons be avoided, the additional cost of developing mitigation which would include appropriate flood risk management infrastructure should be recognised in the plans.

4. Air Quality and Environmental Pollution - improve air quality and minimize all sources of environmental pollution

International EC Council Directive 2002/49/EC The main EU instrument to identify noise pollution The Directive requires Member States to Environmental Noise (2002) levels and to trigger the necessary action both at prepare and publish, every 5 years, noise Member State and at EU level. The Directive maps and noise management action plans for: applies to noise to which humans are exposed, particularly in built-up areas, in public parks or  agglomerations with more than 100,000 other quiet areas in an agglomeration, in quiet inhabitants areas in open country, near schools, hospitals and  major roads (more than 3 million other noise-sensitive buildings and areas. vehicles a year)  major railways (more than 30.000 trains a year)  major airports (more than 50.000 movements a year, including small aircrafts and helicopters)

EC Council Directive 2008/50/EC This Directive defines objectives for ambient air The directive is an important consideration to Ambient Air Quality quality designed to avoid, prevent or reduce be taken into account in considering air quality 26 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

harmful effects on human health and the in land use planning. environment as a whole. National

Improving air quality: national plan Sets out governmental priorities for tackling NOx in Other policy documents will need to be for tackling nitrogen dioxide in our towns and cities cognisant of its content. towns and cities (2017)

Local Air Quality Management. LAQM is the statutory process by which local It is designed to support local authorities in Technical Guidance (TG16) authorities monitor, assess and take action to carrying out their duties under the (2016) improve local air quality. Environment Act 1995, the Environment (Northern Ireland) Order 2002, and subsequent regulations. The Air Quality Strategy for Sets out air quality objectives and policy options to Land use planning will need to take account of England, Scotland, Wales and further improve air quality in the UK from today into air quality objectives. Northern Ireland, DEFRA (2007) the long term.

Air pollution: outdoor air quality Provides recommendations for road-traffic-related The guideline contains specific and health, NICE guideline [NG70] air pollution and its links to ill health. It aims to recommendations for plan-making which are (2017) improve air quality and so prevent a range of based on NICE’s careful consideration of health conditions and deaths. Those evidence. As evidence-derived recommendations include specific recommendations, regard should be had to the recommendations for plan making relating to the guideline in plan-making. siting and design of development and support for walking and cycling. The Air Quality Standards Implements Directive 2008/50/EC on ambient air Land use planning will need to take account of Regulations (2010) quality and cleaner air for Europe. air quality objectives. Local Air Quality Management, Designed to support local authorities in carrying out Local authorities are required to review and DEFRA (2009) their duties under the Environment Act 1995, the assess air quality in their area from time to Environment (Northern Ireland) Order 2002, and time. subsequent Regulations. Noise Policy Statement for Sets out the long term vision of government noise The NPSE provides a clear description of England, DEFRA (2010) policy, to promote good health and a good quality desired outcome from the noise management of life through the management of noise. of a particular situation. 27 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Air Pollution: Action in a Changing Summarises the main issues concerning air pollution Local planning policies need to be developed Climate, DEFRA and DOE (2010) and outlines the ways in which we can make the with a consideration of their impact on climate most of the interconnections between measures to change and greenhouse gas emissions, and address air pollution and climate change. this is particularly true of air quality. Synergistic policies, beneficial to both air quality and climate change, should be pursued. Local Salisbury Community Air Quality Part IV of the Environment Act 1995 and Part II of These plans contribute to the achievement of Action Plan (2015) - the Environment (Northern Ireland) Order 2002 air quality limit values at local level. requires local authorities in the UK to review air quality in their area and designate air quality management areas if improvements are necessary. Where an air quality management area is designated, local authorities are also required to work towards the Strategy’s objectives prescribed in regulations for that purpose. An air quality action plan describing the pollution reduction measures must then be put in place. Air Quality Annual Status Report This report provides an overview of air quality in The LAQM process places an obligation on all (2017) Wiltshire during 2016. It fulfils the requirements of local authorities to regularly review and assess Local Air Quality Management (LAQM) as set out air quality in their areas, and to determine in Part IV of the Environment Act (1995) and the whether or not the air quality objectives are relevant Policy and Technical Guidance likely to be achieved. Where exceedances are documents. considered likely, the local authority must then declare an Air Quality Management Area (AQMA) and prepare an Air Quality Action Plan (AQAP) setting out the measures it intends to put in place in pursuit of the objectives. Air Quality Action Plan for Wiltshire The purpose of the air quality action plan is, on the Recognises the importance of planning for the (2015) evidence available, to set out the strategic and future and ensuring that air quality is locally generated actions that will be implemented considered at the early stages of development. to improve air quality and work towards meeting the air quality objectives. Air Quality Supplementary This document identifies what is expected of A key principle for Wiltshire Council is to

28 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Planning Document (2012) developers in respect of Air Quality assessment integrate air quality considerations with other and mitigation and dovetails with the Air Quality policy areas, such as planning. Action Plan and Wiltshire Core Strategy Core Policy 55. Community Air Quality Action Part IV of the Environment Act 1995 requires local These plans contribute to the achievement of Plans (2015) authorities to review air quality in their area and air quality limit values at local level. designate air quality management areas if improvements are necessary. Where an air quality management area is designated, local authorities are also required to work towards the Strategy’s objectives prescribed in regulations for that purpose. An air quality action plan describing the pollution reduction measures must then be put in place.

5. Mitigate and adapt to climate change

International Doha Amendment (2012) The Doha Amendment establishes a second Plans should have regard to climate change commitment period (2013–20) for the Kyoto when developing policy options. Protocol, an international agreement to reduce the emissions of greenhouse gases. Paris Agreement, International The Paris Agreement aims to curb emissions to The LPA must consider ways of reducing agreement (2015) (in force in the reduce global warming. It sets targets for emissions of carbon dioxide and other UK 2016) countries to reduce their emissions of greenhouse greenhouse gases. Plans should have regard gases. The government’s Adapting to Climate to climate change when developing policy Change document outlines government policy on options. adaption to the impacts of climate change. European Directive on Energy The legislation aims to improve the energy New buildings must meet the minimum Performance of Buildings performance of buildings in the EU, taking into standards and contain high-efficiency 2010/31/EU (2010) account various climatic and local conditions. It alternative energy systems. Existing buildings, sets out minimum requirements and a common when undergoing major renovation, must methodology. It covers energy used for heating, upgrade their energy performance to meet the hot water, cooling, ventilation and lighting. EU requirements.

29 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

EU Council Directive 2009/28/EC Establishes an overall policy for the production All EU countries must also ensure that at least Renewable Energy (2009) and promotion of energy from renewable sources 10% of their transport fuels come from in the EU. It requires the EU to fulfil at least 20% renewable sources by 2020. of its total energy needs with renewables by 2020 – to be achieved through the attainment of individual national targets. Guidance on integrating climate Aims to help Member States improve the way in This guidance is designed primarily for EIA change and biodiversity into which climate change and biodiversity are integrated practitioners and authorities. Environmental Impact in Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs) carried Assessments (2013) out across the EU. National Climate Change Act 2008 The 2008 Climate Change Act establishes a legally Objectives and targets should be taken into binding climate change target to reduce the UK’s consideration when preparing policy. greenhouse gas emissions by at least 80% (from a 1990 baseline) by 2050. This includes meeting an interim target of 34% by 2020. The National Adaptation The TCPA’s National Adaptation Programme (2013) Reiterates the need for Local Plans to be Programme (2013) highlights the importance of adaptation to help the proactive in adaptation as set out in the NPPF. UK become more resilient to climate change. Building on Progress: Energy and This paper describes the twin challenges of energy Policies will aim to focus on creating a decision- Environment Policy Review (2007) security and climate change, provides a vision for making framework, planning system and the low carbon economy, and spells out how the investment environment that encourage above policy framework is being applied. It explains development of low‑carbon infrastructure, what is required at each level, from the individual to including offices, residential buildings and the international, gives examples of the measures transport networks. the Government has put in place, and outlines the future direction of policy. Meeting the energy challenge: A Sets out the Government’s international and Proposes ensuring that there is a clear policy White Paper on Energy (2007) domestic energy strategy to respond to changing framework for nationally circumstances, address the long-term energy significant infrastructure; helping promoters challenges we face and deliver our four energy improve the way that they prepare and policy goals. consult on applications; clarifying the decision making process, and achieving a clear separation of policy and decision making, by 30 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

creating an independent commission to take the decisions on nationally significant infrastructure cases within the framework of the relevant national policy statement; and improving public participation across the entire process. The Planning Response to Climate Describes the issues that might be addressed in It is intended to provide planning professionals Change – Advice on Better Practice planning policies in response to the impacts of with an overview of the current thinking and (2004) climate change and in order to mitigate greenhouse state of knowledge on the planning response gas emissions. to climate change. The advice will also be of assistance to local authorities implementing strategies to address climate change. The UK Climate Change Aims to ensure that the UK can make real progress Objectives and targets to be taken into Programme (2006) by 2020 towards the long-term goal to reduce consideration when preparing policy. carbon dioxide emissions by some 60 per cent by about 2050 that was committed to in the 2003 Energy White Paper. Planning for Climate Change – The aim of the guide is to support plan-making and The guide is designed to respond to the guidance for local authorities: development management processes by identifying localism agenda and is aimed at local Planning and Climate Change key principles to underpin policies designed to authorities. The guide gives detailed guidance Coalition (April 2012) support the development of a low-carbon future and on principles that can underpin plan-making reduce greenhouse gas emissions. and development management. It is recommended as the basis for comprehensive policy in community-based local plans in the context of the National Planning Policy Framework. It could also form the basis of neighbourhood planning policies and can be used to guide development management decisions. Town and Country Planning Aims to communicate the importance of adapting to Aims to be used by planners engaged in Association (TCPA) Climate some degree of inevitable climate change, and to creating sustainable communities. Change Adaptation by Design show how adaptation can be integrated into the (2007) planning, design and development of new and existing communities.

31 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

The UK Renewable Energy Explains how and why the UK needs to radically Planning policy documents need to consider Strategy (2009) increase its use of renewable electricity, heat and ways in which renewable energy can be transport. It sets out the path to achieving a legally delivered. binding target of 15% of electricity from renewable sources by 2020. Community Energy Strategy Sets out plans to promote and facilitate the planning Ensure that policies support community low (2014) and development of decentralised community carbon and renewable energy provision. energy initiatives in four main types of energy activity:  Generating energy (electricity or heat)  Reducing energy use (saving energy through energy efficiency and behaviour change)  Managing energy (balancing supply and demand)  Purchasing energy (collective purchasing or switching) NPPF (2013 – to be revised in Section 10 of the NPPF relates specifically to Clear and adequate reasons would be needed Spring 2018) and NPPG climate change and the role in helping to secure to justify a departure from the policies of the “radical reductions in greenhouse gas emissions, Framework. minimising vulnerability and providing resilience to the impacts of climate change” Local Energy, Change and Opportunity Sets out how Wiltshire as a council and a community States that the planning system should: Strategy (2011-2020) (2011) can take action on climate change.  establish mechanisms for achieving sustainable patterns of development as set out in the strategic objective above through planning policy;  maximise the positive impacts of new developments;  ensure that the carbon footprint is minimised when meeting future housing and employment needs;  promote innovative solutions to generating green energy in Wiltshire;

32 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

 influence the design of new developments so that they incorporate climate change adaptation principles; and  work with the health service to assess provision of healthcare facilities to deal with the effects of higher temperatures and the increased risk from the spread of disease. Wiltshire Sustainable Energy Forms part of the evidence base for Wiltshire’s Assesses the capacity for supplying new Planning Study (2011) emerging Core Strategy, specifically addressing the development in Wiltshire with low carbon requirements of the Planning Policy Statement which energy, and considers appropriate ‘carbon expects new development to be planned to make standards’ for the Core Strategy and good use of opportunities for decentralized and subsequent Local Development Framework renewable or low-carbon energy. documents.

6. Historic environment – protect and enhance cultural heritage assets

International UNESCO World Heritage States that parties to the Convention agree to not Parties are encouraged to integrate the Convention (1972) only identify, protect, conserve, and present protection of the cultural and natural heritage World Heritage properties, but also to protect its into regional planning programmes, set up staff national heritage. and services at their sites, undertake scientific and technical conservation research and adopt measures which give this heritage a function in the day-to-day life of the community. European Convention on the The Convention on the Protection of Its objectives include the integration of the Protection of the Archaeological Archaeological Heritage contains provisions for conservation and archaeological investigation Heritage (Revised) (1992) the identification and protection of archaeological of archaeological heritage in urban and heritage. regional planning policies; and the dissemination of information.

33 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

European Spatial Development Aims to guide spatial policy making at all scales Provides a policy framework for the sectoral Perspective (1999) which work towards sustainable development. policies of the Community and the Member The fundamental goals are economic and social States that have spatial impacts, as well as for cohesion; conservation and management of regional and local authorities, aimed as it is at natural resources and the cultural heritage; and achieving a balanced and sustainable more balanced competitiveness of the European development of the European territory. territory. European Landscape Convention The European Landscape Convention (ELC) (2000) Aims to encourage public authorities to adopt (2000) promotes the planning, management and protection policies and measures at local, regional, of landscapes, and is the first international national and international level for protecting, convention with a specific focus on landscape. managing and planning landscapes throughout Europe. Spatial policy guidelines include the wise management of the natural and cultural heritage, which will help conserve regional identities and cultural diversity in the face of globalisation

Convention for the Protection of The main purpose of the Convention is to reinforce Each signatory promises to maintain an the Architectural Heritage of and promote policies for the conservation and inventory of architectural heritage and to take Europe (1985) enhancement of Europe's heritage. It also affirms statutory measures to protect it. Signatories the need for European solidarity with regard to also promise to adopt integrated conservation heritage conservation and is designed to foster policies in their planning systems and other practical co-operation among the Parties. spheres of government influence that promote the conservation and enhancement of architectural heritage and the fostering of traditional skills. European Cultural Convention The purpose of the Convention is to develop The main relevant obligations are: (1954) understanding of Europe’s cultural diversity, to  development of the national safeguard European culture, to promote national contribution to the common cultural contributions to Europe's common cultural heritage heritage of Europe; respecting the same fundamental values and to  safeguarding objects of European encourage in particular the study of the languages, cultural value placed under history and civilisation of the Parties to the government control; Convention.  ensuring reasonable access to such objects. 34 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

The Valletta Convention (1992) Makes the conservation and enhancement of the Signatories promise to make and maintain an archaeological heritage one of the goals of urban inventory of archaeological heritage and to and regional planning policies. It is concerned in legislate for its protection. Signatories also particular with arrangements to be made for co- promise to allow the input of expert operation among archaeologists and town and archaeologists into the making of planning regional planners in order to ensure optimum policies and planning decisions. conservation of archaeological heritage. National Heritage White Paper: Heritage The proposals reflect the importance of the heritage Encourages local authorities and local Protection for the 21st Century protection system in preserving our heritage for communities to identify and protect their local (2007) people to enjoy now and in the future. The proposals heritage. are based on a unified vision of the historic environment that enables a simpler and more efficient system and recognise that heritage protection needs to be an integral part of a planning system that can deliver sustainable communities. Mineral Extraction and the Historic Sets out the Historic England position on mineral Aims to be used by local authorities and other Environment (2012) extraction and the high-level policies that will form organisations that care for the environment. the basis for responses and views put forward by Historic England on any matter relating to the winning, working and safeguarding of minerals. Preserving Archaeological Aims at addressing two aspects of the decision- Provides advice for developers, owners, Remains (2016) taking process: archaeologists and planners working on 1. Understanding the state of preservation of projects where the intention is to retain and archaeological material, as a contribution protect archaeological sites beneath or within to the assessment of a site’s significance; the development. and 2. Understanding the nature of potential impacts of a proposed development, to assist in the assessment of the degree of harm that might be caused to the site and its significance Good Practice Advice in Planning The purpose of this Good Practice Advice note is Sets out information to help local planning Note 1: The Historic Environment to provide information on good practice to assist authorities make well informed and effective 35 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

in Local Plans (2015) local authorities, planning and other consultants, local plans. owners, applicants and other interested parties in implementing historic environment policy in the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) and the related guidance given in the National Planning Practice Guide (PPG). Good Practice Advice in Planning The purpose of this Good Practice Advice note is This document contains useful information Note 2: Managing Significance in to provide information on good practice to assist on assessing the significance of heritage Decision-Taking in the Historic local authorities, planning and other consultants, assets, using appropriate expertise, historic Environment (2015) owners, applicants and other interested parties environment records, recording and furthering in implementing historic environment policy in understanding, neglect and unauthorised the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) works, marketing and design and and the related guidance given in the National distinctiveness. Planning Practice Guide (PPG). Good Practice Advice in Planning The purpose of this Good Practice Advice note is This document sets out guidance on managing Note 3: The Setting of Heritage to provide information on good practice to assist change within the settings of heritage assets, Assets (2015) local authorities, planning and other consultants, including archaeological remains and historic owners, applicants and other interested parties buildings, sites, areas, and landscapes. in implementing historic environment policy in the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) and the related guidance given in the National Planning Practice Guide (PPG). Good Practice Advice in Planning Intended to ensure that we offer consistent advice Provides advice for local authorities. Note 4: Enabling Development and on those proposals for enabling development the Conservation of Significant relating to significant places that are referred to us Places (2008) update forthcoming for advice; encourage a rigorous approach by planning authorities to the assessment of proposals for enabling development affecting any significant place; and help those seeking consent for enabling development, by making them aware of the tests that are likely to be applied and the extent of the supporting information required.

36 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Historic England Advice Note 1: Sets out ways to manage change in a way that It is intended to offer advice to all those Conservation Area Designation, conserves and enhances historic areas through involved in managing conservation areas so Appraisal and Management (2016) conservation area designation, appraisal and that the potential of historic areas worthy of management. protection is fully realised, the need for community and owner consultation examined, and the benefits of management plans to manage change, and achieve regeneration and enhancement, fully exploited. Historic England Advice Note 2: This advice note illustrates the application of the It provides general advice according to Making Changes to Heritage policies set out in the NPPF in determining different categories of intervention in heritage Assets (2016) applications for planning permission and listed assets, including repair, restoration, addition building consent, as well as other non-planning and alteration, as well as on works for heritage consents, including scheduled research alone, based on the following types monument consent. of heritage asset: buildings and other structures; standing remains including earthworks; buried remains and marine sites; and larger heritage assets including conservation areas, landscapes, including parks and gardens, and World Heritage Sites. It will be useful to owners, developers, local planning authorities and others in considering works to heritage assets. Historic England Advice Note 3: Offers advice on evidence gathering and site This document is intended to offer advice to all The Historic Environment and Site allocation policies, as well as setting out in detail those involved in the identification of potential Allocations in Local Plans (2015) a number of steps to make sure that heritage sites for development within a Local Plan, to considerations are fully integrated in any site help ensure that the historic environment plays selection methodology. a positive role in allocating sites for development. Historic England Advice Note 4: Seeks to guide people involved in planning for The advice is for all relevant developers, Tall Buildings (2015) and designing tall buildings so that they may be designers, local authorities and other delivered in a sustainable and successful way interested parties. through the development plan and development management process. Historic England Advice Note 5: Aims to provide information on implementing The advice is for all relevant developers, Setting up a Listed Building historic environment policy in the National designers, local authorities and other 37 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Heritage Partnership Agreement Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) and the interested parties. (2015) related guidance given in the National Planning Practice Guide (PPG). Historic England Advice Note 6: Aims to provide information on implementing The advice is for all relevant developers, Drawing up a Local Listed Building historic environment policy in the National designers, local authorities and other Consent Order (2015) Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) and the interested parties. related guidance given in the National Planning Practice Guide (PPG). Historic England Advice Note 7: Aims to provide information on implementing The advice supports local authorities and Local Heritage Listing (2016) historic environment policy in the National communities to introduce a local list in their Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) and the area or make changes to an existing list, related guidance given in the National Planning through the preparation of selection criteria, Practice Guide (PPG). thereby encouraging a more consistent approach to the identification and management of local heritage assets across England. Historic England Advice Note 8: This Historic England Advice Note seeks to Aimed at all relevant local planning authorities, Sustainability Appraisal and provide advice on historic environment neighbourhood groups, developers, Strategic Environmental considerations as part of the Sustainability consultants, landowners and other interested Assessment (2016) Appraisal/Strategic Environmental Assessment parties process. The Government’s Statement on The Government’s Statement on the Historic It calls for those who have the power to shape the Historic Environment for Environment for England (2010) sets out its vision the historic environment to recognise its value England (2010) for the historic environment. and to manage it in an intelligent manner in light of the contribution that it can make to social, economic and cultural life. Culture White Paper 2016 Sets out how the government will support our Encourages local authorities to support the cultural sectors over the coming years and how cultural sector, for example by making empty culture will play an active role in building a fairer and business premises available to cultural more prosperous nation. organisations on a temporary basis. NPPF (2013 – to be revised in The NPPF aims to protect and enhance valued States that local planning authorities should Spring 2018) and NPPG landscapes, stating that great weight should be set out in their Local Plan a positive strategy given to conserving landscape and scenic beauty in for the conservation and enjoyment of the National Parks, the Broads and Areas of historic environment, including heritage assets Outstanding Natural Beauty, which have the highest most at risk through neglect, decay or other 38 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

status of protection in relation to landscape and threats. In doing so, they should recognise that scenic beauty. heritage assets are an irreplaceable resource and conserve them in a manner appropriate to their significance. Clear and adequate reasons would be needed to justify a departure from the policies of the Framework. Regional Strategy for the Historic Aims to raise awareness of the importance of the Aims to assist decision-makers across the Environment in the South West historic environment in our everyday lives. South West – the historic environment should (2004) be seen as a key strength of the region, one that is fundamental to sustainable development. Streets for All South West (2005) Aims to improve the appearance of our public Intended as a reference manual of good spaces by showing how practical solutions to practice for all concerned in decision making, common highway problems can be achieved including councillors, highway engineers, and how good practice can become everyday landscape and urban designers, town planning practice. The underlying principles are to reduce and conservation staff, amenity societies, clutter, co-ordinate design and to reinforce local contractors and utility companies. character, whilst maintaining safety for all. The Historic Environment: A Shows that the historic environment is Outlines priorities including regenerating Prospectus for Growth in the South fundamental to sustainable growth, and explains heritage and investing in historic places to West (2013) how it repays investment. improve economic growth and provide a source of employment. Local Corsham Masterplan (2016) Sets out a long term vision to the shape the nature Potential improvements include a public art of future growth and development and supports the strategy for the town centre based around the continuation of natural correlation of place and town’s heritage and assets. activity in the Corsham community area. Wiltshire and Swindon Historic Aims to provide comprehensive mapping that Historic Landscape Characterisation data could Landscape Characterisation shows how the present day landscape of the be useful for those involved with planning at all (2016) county is the product of its cultural development levels or strategic decision making and working over time. on the conservation/management of places and/or landscape. Wiltshire Farmsteads Guidance Aims to inform change and enhance understanding Requirements for development in rural areas

39 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

of how they contribute to the distinctive and valued are set out in national and the local planning character of our rural landscapes. The guidance policy. This guidance will help applicants and provides a step-by-step approach to considering local authorities to address these requirements the reuse of traditional farm buildings and the in a positive and proactive way. sustainable development of farmsteads, through identifying their historic character, significance and potential for change. Amesbury Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special (2008) helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Aldbourne Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. All Cannings Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Allington Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Alton Conservation Area Appraisal Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area.

40 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Ashton Keynes Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Avebury Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Avoncliff Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Axford Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Baydon Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Bishops Cannings Conservation Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Area Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Bishopstrow Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. 41 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Bradford on Avon Conservation Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Area Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Bratton Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Britford Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special (2014) helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Broad Chalke Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special (2009) helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Broad Hinton Conservation Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Bromham Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Broughton Gifford Conservation Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Area Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. 42 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Brunton Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Burbage Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Calne Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Charlton Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Chilton Foliat Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Chirton Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Chisbury Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. 43 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Chute Cadley and Lower Chute Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Conservation Area Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Collingbourne Ducis Conservation Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Area Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Collingbourne Kingstone Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Conservation Area Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Corsham Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Cricklade Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Devizes Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Devizes Victoria Road Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Conservation Appraisal and identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special Management Plan helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. 44 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Dinton Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special (2009) helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Downton Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special (2008) helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Durrington Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special (2009) helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. East Chisenbury Conservation Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Area Appraisal and Management identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special Plan helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. East Grafton Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. East Kennett Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Eastcourt Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. 45 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Easterton Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Easton Royal Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Edington Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Enford Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Erlestoke Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Etchilhampton Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Fittleton and Haxton Conservation Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Area Appraisal and Management identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special Plan helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. 46 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Froxfield Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Fyfield Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Great Bedwyn Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Great Cheverell Conservation Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Area Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Ham Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Heytesbury Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Hilcott Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. 47 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Hilperton Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Hindon Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special (2009) helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Holt Conservation Area Statement Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Horingsham Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Keevil Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Little Bedwyn Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Little Cheverell Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. 48 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Little Somerford Village Design Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement and Conservation Area short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special Statement qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Lockeridge Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Ludgershall Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Manton Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Malmesbury Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Management Plan (2010) identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Milford Hill Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Management Plan (2014) identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Marden Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. 49 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Market Lavington Conservation Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Area Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Marlborough Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Marston Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Mildenhall Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Milton Lilbourne Conservation Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Area Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Monkton Farleigh Conservation Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Area Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Netheravon Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. 50 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Newtown Trowbridge Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Conservation Area Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Oare Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Ogbourne St Andrew Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Conservation Area Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Ogbourne St George Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Conservation Area Appraisal and identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special Management Plan helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Old Manor Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special (2013) helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Oxenwood Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Pewsey Wilcot Road Conservation Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Area Appraisal and Management identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special Plan helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. 51 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Pewsey Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Potterne Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Poulshot Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Rambsury Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Rowden Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Salisbury Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special (2014) helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Sandy Lane Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. 52 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Seend Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Shalbourne Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Sherston Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. South Wraxall Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Steeple Langford Conservation Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Area Appraisal and Management identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special Plan (2009) helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Stert Conservation Area Appraisal Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Stockton Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. 53 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Sutton Veny Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Tidcombe Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Tisbury Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special (2009) helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Trowbridge Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Turleigh Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Tytherington Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Upavon Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. 54 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Upper Chute Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Urchfont Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Warminster Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Wedhampton Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Westbury Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. West Kennett Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Westwood Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. 55 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Wilcot Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Wilsford Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Wilton Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Winsley Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. West Lavington and Littleton Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Panell Conservation Area short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special Statement qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Woodborough Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Wootton Rivers Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. 56 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Worton Conservation Area Explains why the area was designated, includes a The designation of a conservation area requires Statement short background of the area, identifies the that the planning authority should pay special qualities of the area that make up its architectural attention to preserving and enhancing the and historic character, and contains a map character and appearance of the conservation showing the area boundary. area. Wylye Conservation Area Sets out how the area or place has evolved and The designation of a conservation area requires Appraisal and Management Plan identify the key features of it character that have that the planning authority should pay special (2009) helped to justify its designation as a conservation attention to preserving and enhancing the area. character and appearance of the conservation area. Stonehenge, Avebury and Sets out the strategy for the protection of the Site The primary purpose of the Management Plan is Associated Sites World Heritage for present and future generations. It explains the to guide all interested parties on the care and Site Management Plan (2015) international significance of the Site, outlines the management of the World Heritage Site to key management issues and our long term aims, as sustain its Outstanding Universal Value. Given well as the detailed actions for achieving them.The their importance in helping to sustain and Plan is expected to cover the period 2015 – 2021. enhance the significance of the World Heritage Site, relevant policies in management plans need to be taken into account by local planning authorities in developing their strategy for the historic or natural environment(as appropriate) and in determining relevant planning applications. Stonehenge, Avebury and Statements of outstanding universal value The LPA is responsible for continued protection Associated Sites World Heritage (SOUV) are written for all World Heritage Sites through policy development and its effective Property Statement of Outstanding (WHS) and are key references for their implementation in deciding planning Universal Value (2011) effective protection and management. From applications with the management plans for time to time the SOUV may be reviewed and Stonehenge and Avebury as a key material amended in line with World Heritage consideration. Organisation guidance.

7. Landscapes – protection of AONBs and Green Belt and reinforcement of landscape character

International

57 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

European Landscape Convention The aims of this Convention are to promote States that participation should involve all the (2000) landscape protection, management and planning, relevant stakeholders, including national, and to organise European co-operation on regional and local authorities. landscape issues. National Updating the Evidence Base on This report builds on existing research and provides This report is aimed at those interested in English Cities (2011) new analysis of cities’ performance at a tracking performance of cities: local, regional geographical level that captures cities’ built-up areas and central government policy makers, as well (Primary Urban Areas) and their wider local as analysts and researchers thinking about economies (Travel to Work Areas). cities and urban policy. This report seeks to inform policy development by providing updated evidence on cities’ performance, and seeks to identify future research priorities. The State of the Countryside Provides a comprehensive description of social, Aims to be used by those who work in areas of (2010) economic and environmental conditions and policy development and delivery, all tiers of changes across rural England, highlighting the government and whose work includes a main challenges and future trends for specific focus on rural England. government and other organisations. European Landscape Convention Contains obligations towards the protection, Article 5(d) specifically requires landscape to (2000) management, and planning of all landscapes, urban be integrated into planning policy, and the as well as rural. Government has recognised the need to make the statutory framework fully effective when reviewing policy. An Approach to Landscape Describes the four steps to the Landscape Aims to be used by those who have interests Character Assessment (2014) Character Assessment process. in the terrestrial and/or marine environments i.e. inform those who want to use a Landscape Character Assessment to inform decisions – for example concerning land use planning, development management, land management, design. Landscape Character Assessment can be used to inform: policy development; local, neighbourhood, community or parish plans, and place-making; green infrastructure plans and strategies; waterways strategies; design 58 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

briefs; project design and masterplanning; landscape impact and visual impact assessments; sensitivity and capacity studies; landscape designations including National Park and Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty designation etc. Local Cotswold AONB Management Plan This identifies the issues affecting the management As the AONB lies within Wiltshire, account 2008-2018 (2013) of the AONB and then sets out how they can be needs to be taken of this document when addressed. It offers a vision for the future of the formulating policy. Policies will need to area. consider potential pressures on AONBs arising from development proposals and will need to ensure that these pressures are avoided, or that appropriate mitigation measures are put in place. Cranborne Chase & West Presents the results and findings of the Cranborne Aims to be used to inform planning decisions Wiltshire Downs AONB Historic Chase and West Wiltshire Downs Area of and minimise the adverse environmental Landscape Characterisation Outstanding Natural Beauty Historic Landscape impact of new development Project(2008) Characterisation. Cranborne Chase & West This identifies the issues affecting the management As the AONB lies within Wiltshire, account Wiltshire Downs AONB of the AONB and then sets out how they can be needs to be taken of this document when Management Plan 2014-19 addressed. It offers a vision for the future of the formulating policy. Policies will need to area. consider potential pressures on AONBs arising from development proposals and will need to ensure that these pressures are avoided, or that appropriate mitigation measures are put in place. Kennet Landscape Conservation Provides detailed information of the landscape Intended to provide supplementary guidance Strategy (2005) enhancement priorities for each of the different on the implementation of Local Plan Policies character areas in Kennet. relating to landscape character and quality. North Wessex Downs AONB This identifies the issues affecting the management As the AONB lies within Wiltshire, account Management Plan 2014-2019 of the AONB and then sets out how they can be needs to be taken of this document when (2014) addressed. It offers a vision for the future of the formulating policy. Policies will need to area. consider potential pressures on AONBs 59 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

arising from development proposals and will need to ensure that these pressures are avoided, or that appropriate mitigation measures are put in place. West Wiltshire District Landscape Aims to serve as a baseline of environmental Planning Policy Statement 7 Sustainable Character Assessment (2007) information to enable a better understanding of West Development in Rural Areas states that local Wiltshire’s landscapes. planning authorities should use tools such as landscape character assessment in preparing policies and guidance to encourage good quality design in rural areas and in formulating criteria based policies to protect particularly highly valued areas of landscape. Wiltshire Landscape Character Documents the current status of the Wiltshire Planning Policy Statement 7 Sustainable Assessment (2005) landscape, furthering the understanding of the Development in Rural Areas states that local landscape resource available in the area and planning authorities should use tools such as giving an indication of areas in need of landscape character assessment in preparing enhancement and of conservation. policies and guidance to encourage good quality design in rural areas and in formulating criteria based policies to protect particularly highly valued areas of landscape. Chippenham Landscape Setting Aims to identify key landscape and visual Used to inform the preparation of the Assessment (2014) characteristics of land around Chippenham and the Chippenham Sites Allocation Development key sensitivities and capacity of the settlement’s Plan Document (DPD). landscape setting, and the setting to some of the outlying villages to accommodate development.

8. Population and housing – securing flexibility and choice in the provision of high quality housing

National Code for Sustainable Homes. A Intended as a single national standard to guide Aims to become the single national standard step change in sustainable home industry in the design and construction of for sustainable homes, used by home building practice (2006) sustainable homes. It is a means of driving designers and builders as a guide to continuous improvement, greater innovation and development, and by home-buyers to assist in exemplary achievement in sustainable home their choice of home.

60 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

building. Homes for the Future: more Outlines plans for delivering three million new States that local authorities have a critical role affordable, more sustainable homes by 2020. to play in achieving a major increase in new (2007) homes and their strategic housing role is at the heart of achieving ambitions for housing supply. Living Working Countryside: The Objective of the report is to help ensure the planning Suggests changes to the planning system Taylor Review of Rural Economy system brings a positive, lasting legacy of places in necessary to deliver vibrant communities with and Affordable Housing (2008) which people actually want to live. a distinct identity, in keeping with the character of their surroundings, and which enhance the local landscape and bio-diversity. Locally-Led Garden Villages, The prospectus invites expressions of interest for The Locally-Led Garden Villages etc. Towns and Cities, DCLG (2016) government support in development proposals for policy paper provides encouragement for new garden villages, towns and cities. local authorities that wish to make new garden villages, towns and cities part of their development strategy. May be relevant in considering spatial options for future growth within Wiltshire. Lifetime Neighbourhoods, DCLG This document give guidance on how Provides guidance on how planning policies (2011) neighbourhoods can better address the needs of an can contribute to addressing the needs of an ageing society and deliver ‘lifetime neighbourhoods’ ageing population. to meet the requirements of all sections of the community now and in the future. Lifetime neighbourhoods are places to be designed to be inclusive regardless of age or disability. Housing White Paper: Fixing our Sets out the government’s plans to reform the Emphasises the necessity for a robust local broken housing market (2017) housing market and boost the supply of new homes plan and sets out proposals for local in England. authorities to consider in plan-making. Reinforced the central role of local and neighbourhood plans in the planning system, so that local planning authorities and local communities retain control of where development should and should not go. It also reiterated strong protections for the Green Belt and other environmental designations, and set 61 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

out proposals to make sure that we build high quality homes in which people want to live. Planning for the right homes in the Sets out a number of proposals to reform the Seeks views on changes to national policy to right places: consultation planning system to increase the supply of new help local planning authorities, including proposals (2017) homes and increase local authority capacity to a proposed approach to a standard method for manage growth calculating local housing need; improving how authorities work together in planning to meet housing and other requirements across boundaries, through the preparation of a statement of common ground; and seeking further views on how we can build out homes more quickly. Planning and affordable housing Seeks views on planning measures intended to The Government considers that Build to Rent for Build to Rent (2017) support Build to Rent through the planning system is now becoming established and that it will and make the benefits of Build to Rent more continue to develop and spread out across a widespread. These include the availability of longer broader customer base and geography. tenancies (to those tenants who want one) and main proposed measures are placing further facilitating a new form of affordable housing, known emphasis on Build to Rent through planning as Affordable Private Rent. policy;

Land Development and Disposal Lists the sites that are likely to be available for Designed to give house builders and Plan (2017) development and/or disposal over the next 12 developers an overview of the landholdings months. Will be updated on a 6 monthly basis. that the Homes and Communities Agency (HCA) expects to bring forward for development and/or disposal and provide transparency on their approach to the disposal of land. Housing: Optional Technical Guidance on how planning authorities can gather Local planning authorities will need to gather Standards (2015) evidence to set optional requirements and the evidence to determine whether there is a need nationally described space standard. for additional standards in their area, and justify setting appropriate policies in their Local Plans. Technical Housing Standards – Sets out the government’s new nationally described The nationally described space standard will Nationally Described Space space standard. replace the existing different space standards Standard (2015) used by local authorities. 62 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

NPPF (2013 – to be revised in The NPPF states that, to deliver a wide choice of The NPPF encourages LPAs to bring empty Spring 2018) and NPPG high quality homes, widen opportunities for home housing and buildings back into residential use ownership and create sustainable, inclusive and and to, where appropriate, approve planning mixed communities, local planning authorities applications for change to residential use and should plan for a mix of housing based on current any associated development from commercial and future demographic trends, market trends and buildings where there is an identified need for the needs of different groups in the community; and housing in the area. Clear and adequate should identify the size, type, tenure and range of reasons would be needed to justify a housing that is required in particular locations, departure from the policies of the Framework. reflecting local demand. Local Wiltshire SHLAA Identifies and assesses potential sites for Provides a mechanism to ensure that housing to meet future requirements. proposed housing figures are deliverable. The assessment of land availability is an important step in the preparation of Local Plan, and sites assessed in the SHLAA will provide a source of supply for the Council’s future housing requirements. Wiltshire’s Older People Aims to develop a strategy and financial model for Identifies a number of opportunities for Accommodation Strategy (2010) the provision of older people’s accommodation over Wiltshire County Council to reconfigure its the next 5-10 years, and then to work in partnership accommodation for older people to take into to deliver this strategy. account changing market conditions, trends and population and need projections. Wiltshire Housing Strategy (2017) Articulates the priorities for tackling the This Housing strategy needs to support the challenges we have identified in the years delivery of housing for the whole of Wiltshire. It ahead and demonstrates our collective will constantly evolve and extend beyond 2022 approach to housing across the county with towards 2026, on which the current housing Wiltshire Council as the lead, working in needs analysis is based. partnership with registered providers, developers, private landlords or residents.

9. Healthy and inclusive communities - appreciating the interaction between housing, key services and facilities, employment opportunities and green space

International 63 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

The Aarhus Convention (1998) Establishes a number of rights of the public The Parties to the Convention are required to (individuals and their associations) with regard to make the necessary provisions so that public the environment. authorities (at national, regional or local level) will contribute to these rights to become effective. National White Paper: Healthy Lives, The Healthy Lives White Paper sets out the The decision to give more responsibility to Healthy People: Our Strategy for government’s long-term vision for the future of local government to improve public health is Public Health in England (2011) public health in England. The aim is to create a highly relevant to land use planning. Land use ‘wellness’ service and to strengthen national and planning should have regard to the new local leadership. strategy and opportunities for contributions to the improvement of public health. Physical activity and the Provides the Institute's formal guidance on The PH8 guideline states that plans involving environment: Public health promoting and creating built or natural changes to the physical environment should guideline [PH8] (2008) environments that encourage and support physical ensure pedestrians, cyclists and users of other activity. modes of transport that involve physical activity are given the highest priority when developing or maintaining streets and roads. Policy should ensure local facilities and services are easily accessible on foot, by bicycle and by other modes of transport involving physical activity. Also, ensure new workplaces are linked to walking and cycling networks. Our health, our care, our say: a Sets out the Government’s proposals to reform Specific measures include increased joint new direction for community and expand community health and social care commissioning between Primary Care Trusts services (2006) services in order to meet local needs, especially in and local authorities to improve service poorer deprived communities. integration. Strong and prosperous Sets out our proposals which will provide freedom Proposes to give local authorities more communities: The Local and space for councils to respond with flexibility to freedom and powers to meet the needs of their Government White Paper (2006) local needs and demands. It radically reduces citizens and communities. national targets, tailors others to local circumstances and introduces a lighter touch inspection system.

64 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Planning Policy for Traveller Sites, Provides government policy on site provision and Wiltshire Council planning policy documents DCLG (2015) measures available to address unauthorised will need to address the objectives of national encampment and development. policy on traveller sites. Fair Society, Healthy Lives (‘The Proposes an evidence based strategy to address Identifies local government as a pivotal partner Marmot Review’) (2010) the social determinants of health, the conditions in in addressing the social determinants of health which people are born, grow, live, work and age inequalities. The report relates strongly to the and which can lead to health inequalities. The core business of local councils as local leaders review sets out a framework for action under two for health improvement and the reduction of policy goals: to create an enabling society that health inequalities. maximizes individual and community potential; and to ensure social justice, health and sustainability are at the heart of all policies. Improving health through the Provides resources to inform local action to ensure Should be used to inform local action to home (2017) that everyone has a home in which to start, live improve health and wellbeing; reduce health and work, and age well. inequalities; and prevent, delay and reduce demand for health care and social care. NPPF (2013 – to be revised in Contains a section on health and wellbeing which Clear and adequate reasons would be needed Spring 2018) and NPPG notes that “The link between planning and health to justify a departure from the policies of the has been long established. The built and natural Framework. environments are major determinants of health and wellbeing”. It also sets out a vision for what a healthy community should look like; “A healthy community is a good place to grow up and grow old in. It is one which supports healthy behaviours and supports reductions in health inequalities”. It states that “active” design and the development of healthy living environments for people of all ages that support social interaction are critical in promoting healthy communities. Regional The Way Ahead – Delivering Aims to support existing strategies to bring about an States that local government and regional Sustainable Communities in the acceleration of what the region is already committed partners in both the public and private sectors South West (2004) to in the provision of housing, improved regional will all have to work together to achieve this. productivity, and to harness the benefits of this

65 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

growth to address regional inequalities and economic under-performance. Local The Wiltshire Community This assessment will attempt to shed light on the Aim of this assessment is to provide the Safety Partnership Strategic most pressing issues that could threaten general partnership with evidence for strategic Assessment 2010 (2010) wellbeing. The five priorities (violence in the decision making, particularly in respect to community, anti-social behaviour (ASB) and identifying forthcoming priorities. The criminal damage, integrated offender recommendations are key actions that the management; substance misuse, and road safety) partnership are advised to consider when will be presented followed by recommendations. setting future strategic plans. Code of Practice on Equality and Provides a set of principles within which the Wiltshire has a diverse range of communities Diversity – The Wiltshire Compact Statutory, Voluntary and Community sectors agree with many unmet needs within them. (2005) to work and seeks to recognise and value the Commitment to applying the principles of diversity that exists in society generally and in equality of opportunity is a central part of a fair Wiltshire. It aims specifically to promote the inclusion and democratic society. Sectors should of groups and individuals that have in the past been undertake to include equality and diversity as under-represented or excluded, for the benefit of a key requirement in new policy development. both individuals who make up those groups and the communities, villages and neighbourhoods. Devizes Town Centre Design Code Provides guidance on the design of new buildings It should be read in conjunction with the (2007) and other development in Devizes town centre. planning policies of the council and relevant central government Planning Policy Statements. Pewsey Community Area Plan: The The CP sets out ideas and priorities for each subject Stated actions may be delivered by Wiltshire Future 2008-2018 area. Each of these ideas, based on priority, form Council. the basis of consultation with the community to identify what actions the community would like to see happen. Those actions may then be delivered by Wiltshire Council, other services, voluntary organisations or Parish Councils, or indeed a combination of these organisations. People, Places and Promises: The purpose of the plan, as set out in law, is that it Provides a framework for the development or Wiltshire Community Plan 2011 - should be the single, overarching plan which review of all other thematic, organisational and 2026 (2010) outlines the overall strategic direction and distinctive community plans in the county. The Local

66 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

long-term vision for the economic, social and Development Framework (LDF) for example is environmental well-being of Wiltshire. consistent with the community plan and defines how new development can assist in its implementation. Ashton Keynes Neighbourhood Neighbourhood plans set out planning policies for Neighbourhood plans are required to be in Plan (2017) the use and development of land and, once made, general conformity with the strategic policies in form part of the statutory development plan. the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide evidence of community aspirations relevant to the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning policy documents. Compton Bassett Neighbourhood Neighbourhood plans set out planning policies for Neighbourhood plans are required to be in Plan (2016) the use and development of land and, once made, general conformity with the strategic policies in form part of the statutory development plan. the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide evidence of community aspirations relevant to the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning policy documents. Devizes Neighbourhood Plan Neighbourhood plans set out planning policies for Neighbourhood plans are required to be in (2015) the use and development of land and, once made, general conformity with the strategic policies in form part of the statutory development plan. the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide evidence of community aspirations relevant to the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning policy documents. Downton Neighbourhood Plan Neighbourhood plans set out planning policies for Neighbourhood plans are required to be in (2017) the use and development of land and, once made, general conformity with the strategic policies in form part of the statutory development plan. the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide evidence of community aspirations relevant to the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning policy documents. Freshford and Limpley Stoke Neighbourhood plans set out planning policies for Neighbourhood plans are required to be in Neighbourhood Plan (2015) the use and development of land and, once made, general conformity with the strategic policies in form part of the statutory development plan. the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide evidence of community aspirations relevant to the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning policy documents. Holt Neighbourhood Plan (2017) Neighbourhood plans set out planning policies for Neighbourhood plans are required to be in 67 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

the use and development of land and, once made, general conformity with the strategic policies in form part of the statutory development plan. the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide evidence of community aspirations relevant to the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning policy documents. Idmiston Neighbourhood Plan Neighbourhood plans set out planning policies for Neighbourhood plans are required to be in (2017) the use and development of land and, once made, general conformity with the strategic policies in form part of the statutory development plan. the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide evidence of community aspirations relevant to the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning policy documents. Limpley Stoke Neighbourhood Neighbourhood plans set out planning policies for Neighbourhood plans are required to be in Plan (2015) the use and development of land and, once made, general conformity with the strategic policies in form part of the statutory development plan. the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide evidence of community aspirations relevant to the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning policy documents. Malmesbury Neighbourhood Plan Neighbourhood plans set out planning policies for Neighbourhood plans are required to be in (2015) the use and development of land and, once made, general conformity with the strategic policies in form part of the statutory development plan. the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide evidence of community aspirations relevant to the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning policy documents. Pewsey Neighbourhood Plan Neighbourhood plans set out planning policies for Neighbourhood plans are required to be in (2015) the use and development of land and, once made, general conformity with the strategic policies in form part of the statutory development plan. the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide evidence of community aspirations relevant to the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning policy documents. Potterne Neighbourhood Plan Neighbourhood plans set out planning policies for Neighbourhood plans are required to be in (2017) the use and development of land and, once made, general conformity with the strategic policies in form part of the statutory development plan. the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide evidence of community aspirations relevant to the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning policy documents. 68 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Urchfont, Wedhampton and Neighbourhood plans set out planning policies for Neighbourhood plans are required to be in Lydeway Neighbourhood Plan the use and development of land and, once made, general conformity with the strategic policies in (2017) form part of the statutory development plan. the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide evidence of community aspirations relevant to the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning policy documents. Warminster Neighbourhood Plan Neighbourhood plans set out planning policies for Neighbourhood plans are required to be in (2016) the use and development of land and, once made, general conformity with the strategic policies in form part of the statutory development plan. the Wiltshire Local Plan. They provide evidence of community aspirations relevant to the preparation of Wiltshire Council planning policy documents. Wiltshire’s Joint Health and Provides detailed information on each community When developing specific proposals, decision Wellbeing Strategy (2015) area in Wiltshire and covers a breadth of topics makers should work together to assess the focusing on health and social needs as well as wider potential effects on vulnerable groups and factors affecting the wellbeing of our community. consider how services can be promoted and The topics include climate change, sustainable targeted appropriately. transport and the economy, recognising the dynamic nature of health and wellbeing and the factors that influence it. Wiltshire School Places Strategy Pulls together the information required to form a This document has been prepared as a 2015-2020 (2015) strategic view of the need for school places across planning tool to respond to the continuing Wiltshire and provides a revised and updated need to review the number and nature of policy framework for considering statutory school places alongside any new housing proposals, (opening, closing and defining the size developments, any changes in the birth rate of schools); implementing new school competition and in line with any government policy change. arrangements; facilitating the development of collaborative and federated arrangements and where appropriate encouraging all through school models. Wiltshire Community Campus A programme to deliver Community Campuses To be considered when preparing policy for Programme across the county, including Calne, Corsham, these areas. Cricklade, Melksham, Pewsey, Salisbury and Tisbury. The content of campuses will reflect the aspirations and needs of the community and could 69 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

include leisure, sports and community service provision either within new buildings or through the refurbishment of existing assets. Planning Policy for Traveller Sites, Planning Policy for Traveller Sites sets out national The document provides guidance to planning DCLG (2015) planning policy for gypsy, travellers and travelling policy makers and decision takers. showpeople. 10. Transport – increasing sustainable transport choices and improving the operation of transport networks

National Delivering a Sustainable Transport Outlines five goals for transport, focusing on the Discusses the difficulties of planning over the System (DaSTS) (2008) challenge of delivering strong economic growth long term in the context of uncertain future while at the same time reducing greenhouse demand and describes the substantial gas emissions. It outlines the key components investments the Department for Transport are of national infrastructure. making to tackle congestion and crowding on transport networks. Planning and the Strategic Road Explains how the Highways Agency, on behalf of the States that spatial planning has a key role to Network (2007) Secretary of State for Transport, will participate in all play in delivering the Government’s policies for stages of the planning process with Government planning, growth areas, regeneration, Offices, regional and local planning authorities, local integrated transport and sustainability. The highway/transport authorities, public transport Highways Agency will engage proactively with providers and developers to ensure national and Government Offices, regional and local regional aims and objectives can be aligned and planning authorities, local highway/transport met. authorities, public transport providers and developers to help achieve Government aims and objectives. The Future of Transport – a Looks at the factors that will shape travel and The strategy sets the policy framework and network for 2030 (2004) transport over the next thirty years and sets out how provides more information and better choices the Government will respond to the increasing for local authorities, businesses and demand for travel, maximising the benefits of individuals. transport while minimising the negative impact on people and the environment. Key objectives: Sets direction in the short term. Department for Transport’s Single  Boosting economic growth and Departmental Plan 2015 to 2020 opportunity 70 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

 Building a One Nation Britain  Improving journeys  Safe, secure and sustainable transport National Infrastructure Plan National plan for infrastructure to support Improvements to the A303 including a tunnel (2016-21) delivery of housing and social infrastructure. at Stonehenge. Strategic Statement for Road The document covers road safety policy within States that we should manage our Safety (2015) Britain: - Adopting the Safe Systems Approach; infrastructure, vehicles and speeds to reduce - Protecting vulnerable road users; - Supporting crash energies to levels that can be tolerated Local Authorities in improving safety; - by the human body. Underpinning policy with evidence; - Working in partnership. Creating growth, cutting carbon: Sets out a vision for transport that supports Focuses on enabling transport choices, local making sustainable local transport economic growth while reducing transport delivery, promoting active travel, managing happen (2011) emissions. traffic and making public transport more attractive. DfT (2013) Door to Door: A The Department for Transport strategy ‘Door to The strategy states: “It is important that strategy for improving sustainable Door’ sets out a strategy for making sustainable transport planning is integrated with land use transport integration transport choices more convenient. planning so that transport facilities can be developed to meet the future needs of the community. We will continue to strongly encourage local transport authorities to integrate effectively with local planning authorities when they are drawing up their local plans. Local plans support delivery of sustainable transport measures by setting out policies which developers should include in their planning applications as a matter of course.” Cycling and Walking Investment The document sets out the government’s Walking and cycling should be seen as Strategy (2017) ambition and objectives for cycling and walking transport modes in their own right and an in England. integral part of the transport network, rather than as niche interests or town-planning afterthoughts. Accessibility Action Plan (draft Sets out proposals to improve accessibility for Inclusive design should be promoted. Updates 2017) people with disabilities across a range of to a range of design standards in progress. 71 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

transport modes. Driving the future today: a strategy Sets out a vision for almost all vehicles to be ULEV infrastructure, particularly electric car for ultra-low emission vehicles in Ultra Low Emissions Vehicles (ULEVs) by 2050, charging, but also electric buses and the UK (2013) including all new cars by 2040. potentially other fuels for buses and HGVs will need to be taken into account. NPPF (2013 – to be revised in The NPPF states that transport policies have an Clear and adequate reasons would be needed Spring 2018) and NPPG important role to play in facilitating sustainable to justify a departure from the policies of the development but also in contributing to wider Framework. sustainability and health objectives. Smarter use of technologies can reduce the need to travel. The transport system needs to be balanced in favour of sustainable transport modes, giving people a real choice about how they travel. Local Wiltshire Local Transport Plan Wiltshire Council’s Local Transport Plan 3 sets The plan is an important consideration in (LTP) 2011 – 2026 (2011) out the aims and objectives for transport in the aligning land use planning with transport Borough in the period 2011-2026 and explains planning. how the aims are to be achieved. Daughter documents include Public Transport Strategy, Smarter Choices Strategy, Parking Strategy, Cycling Strategy, Countryside Access and Improvement Plan, Freight Strategy, Road Safety Strategy, Accessibility Strategy and Powered Two Wheeler Strategy. A Rail Strategy is in development as part of the LTP. Swindon Local Transport Plan 3: Swindon Borough Council’s Local Transport The plan is an important consideration in 2011 – 2026 (2011) Plan 3 sets out the aims and objectives for aligning land use planning with transport transport in the Borough in the period 2011- planning. 2026 and explains how the aims are to be achieved. Chippenham Transport Strategy This document sets out Wiltshire Council’s Transport The strategy is an important consideration in (2015) Strategy for the town of Chippenham. This work will aligning land use planning with transport help to inform the transport priorities for planning. Chippenham and any future network investment over the coming years. 72 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Transport Vision 2026 for Swindon The document aims to create a long term Planning policies should align with transport and Wiltshire Local Enterprise transport vision to guide the work of SWLEP to aspirations and may facilitate them. Land use Partnership (2014) 2026. and transport planning should be aligned. Trowbridge Transport Strategy This document sets out Wiltshire Council’s The strategy is an important consideration in (2012) Transport Strategy for Trowbridge. This work will aligning land use planning with transport help to inform the transport priorities for planning. (To be updated by 2018 to support Trowbridge and any future network investment the Wiltshire Housing Site Allocation Plan). over the coming years. Salisbury Transport Strategy This document sets out Wiltshire Council’s The strategy is an important consideration in Options Assessment Report Transport Strategy for Salisbury. This work will aligning land use planning with transport (2010) help to inform the transport priorities for Salisbury planning. (To be updated by 2018) and any future network investment over the coming years. Devizes Transport Strategy This document sets out Wiltshire Council’s The strategy is an important consideration in (2012) Transport Strategy for Devizes. This work will help aligning land use planning with transport to inform the transport priorities for Devizes and planning. any future network investment over the coming years. 11. Promote the vitality and viability of the town centres across Wiltshire

National NPPF (2013 – to be revised in Paragraph 7 of the NPPF states that the economic Clear and adequate reasons would be needed Spring 2018) and NPPG role of the planning system is: “Contributing to to justify a departure from the policies of the building a strong, responsive and competitive Framework. economy, by ensuring that sufficient land of the right type is available in the right places and at the right time to support growth and innovation; and by identifying and coordinating development requirements, including the provision of infrastructure”. The NPPF makes clear the role of the planning system in delivering sustainable economic growth. This includes setting criteria for the delivery of strategic employment sites and support of existing business sectors (paragraph 21). 73 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

The NPPF also supports the role of town centres in securing economic growth and as the focus community activity. Town centres should be promoted to provide a diverse retail offer and should be the focus of retail activity (paragraph 23). Office development should also be focused in town centres. Planning policies should support economic growth in rural areas in order to create jobs and prosperity by taking a positive approach to sustainable new development (paragraph 28). Regional Just Connect! An Integrated Provides a long term strategy to enable the region to Every strategy that is prepared and reviewed Regional Strategy for the South focus its thinking and action on achieving long term in the region must now be set within the West 2004-2026 as well as short term goals. context of Just Connect and demonstrate how it is actively taking forward the region's objectives. Local Cotswold Water Park Strategic This document provides a summary of the Cotswold The study is to provide a strategic review and Review and Implementation Plan Water Park Vision and Implementation Plan that implementation plan to guide the future (2007) outlines the future of the Cotswold Water Park development of the Cotswold Water Park (CWP). founded on a clear, robust and evidence based framework for delivering an achievable vision. Wiltshire Workspace and The overriding aim of the Strategy is to ensure ‘that Development plans should ensure that there is Employment Land Strategy there is delivery of sufficient, appropriate sufficient land available which is readily (2009/10) (2009) employment land and quality of employment capable of development and well served by premises to meet business requirements and ensure infrastructure. Mixed use development and the the sustainable growth of the sub regional economy, reuse of under-used or vacant urban land are as supported by the Regional Economic Strategy also encouraged. (RES) and Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS)’. Future employment needs in Identifies the basic employment land that Wiltshire’s employment policy seeks to Wiltshire – Employment is required across Wiltshire during the encourage growth in the county and secure a floorspace and land forecasts period 2006 to 2026 for the forecasted greater number of jobs for its resident increase in job numbers workforce. 74 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

(2011) Wiltshire Workspace & Considers how the likely demands for space from Wiltshire’s employment policy seeks to Employment Land Review Final different employment sectors can contribute to encourage growth in the county and secure a Report (2011) overcoming out-commuting levels and encouraging greater number of jobs for its resident a buoyant and resilient urban economy, and what workforce. This paper was used to inform the decisions with regard to the allocation or re- Wiltshire Core Strategy. configuration of employment space can assist in this process. Chippenham Vision (2008) A framework of improvement and change to local Used to guide development in the area. infrastructures, facilities, environments and economic opportunities to ensure Chippenham has a positive future as an active, balanced and sustainable community. Swindon and Wiltshire The Swindon and Wiltshire Strategic Economic Plan Local planning policies should look for Strategic Economic Plan (2016) (SEP) highlights the priorities and future opportunities synergies with and the opportunity to align with for investment through to 2026. The LEP’s key LEP investment priorities and potentially vice priorities for investment are focussed on making versa. Swindon and Wiltshire the best location for business across central southern England. Wiltshire and Swindon Visitor Provides in depth analysis of hotel and visitor Identifies a need for more Positive Planning Accommodation Futures (2014) accommodation supply, performance and market Policies for Hotel and Visitor Accommodation. demand across Wiltshire and Swindon; an Intends for the review of the Core Strategy to assessment of the likelihood of future growth in provide an opportunity to improve these demand for hotel and visitor accommodation and policies in line with the findings and what will drive this; and a review of national hotel recommendations of the Hotel & Visitor and visitor accommodation development trends in Accommodation Futures Study. comparator destinations, the testing of hotel and visitor accommodation developer and operator interest in Wiltshire and Swindon; and widespread stakeholder consultations. Corsham Masterplan (2016) Sets out a long term vision to the shape the nature Proposals include strategic infrastructure of future growth and development and supports the connections to promote a shift to more continuation of natural correlation of place and sustainable modes of travel that encourage activity in the Corsham community area. active lifestyles and reduce congestion; the ‘Corsham Link’ a walking and cycling link 75 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

connecting the town centre with Hartham Park, West Corsham and the site for a new railway station; and examining options for the provision of access and supporting infrastructure for a new station. A Tourism Strategy for South A strategy produced and designed by the local Identifies seven political priorities, including Wiltshire, Salisbury District tourism industry which sets out what to achieve over creating more affordable housing; maintaining Council (2006) the next 10 years. council housing to a high standard; reducing household waste and improving recycling; making the district safe; reducing traffic congestion; improving services for our customers and creating better places to live. Wiltshire Council Town Centre Provides a robust and sound evidence base to Provides a tool for the Council to make and Retail Study (2011) inform the Council’s Local Development Framework informed choices about the nature and extent (LDF) and future Development Plan Documents of growth to be accommodated in the future. (DPD). Future Employment Needs in Identifies the basic employment land that is required Conclusions of the report include that overall, Wiltshire - Employment across Wiltshire during the period 2006 to 2026 for north, west and east Wiltshire are forecast to Floorspace and Land forecasts, the forecasted increase in job numbers. need an addition 15.6 ha of employment land Internal (2011) for the period 2006 – 2026 to meet the forecast growth in employment, and south Wiltshire is forecast to need an additional 20.4 ha2 of new employment land resulting in a need across Wiltshire of an additional 36 ha of employment land for forecast job growth. Wiltshire Business Perception Summarises initial results from the business The survey results point to a number of issues Survey: Headline Results, perception survey including general business which need to be addressed which will need to Enterprise Wiltshire (2012) characteristics, growth of businesses, business be considered by the Wiltshire Strategic support, employment training and headline issues Economic Partnership to ensure future and initial response. delivery meets business needs and requirements. Swindon and Wiltshire Local Provides an in-depth overview of the key drivers of Aims to provide technical analysis of local Economic Assessment (2016) growth in the Swindon and Wiltshire economy. economic conditions to inform the development of policy. Swindon and Wiltshire Local Provides an in-depth overview of the key drivers of Aims to provide technical analysis of local 76 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Economic Assessment (2013) growth in the Swindon and Wiltshire economy. economic conditions to inform the development of policy. Wiltshire Core Strategy Retail Provides a comprehensive review of existing saved Provides a robust evidence base to underpin Review (2015) retail and town centre policies in Wiltshire to produce the development and implementation of a proposed new suite of policies for Wiltshire that is detailed planning policies on which town based on sound and up to date evidence and is fully centre uses will be permitted in the town compliant with the NPPF. centres / primary / secondary shopping frontages and for the consideration of proposals for main town centre uses which cannot be accommodated in or adjacent to town centres, as well as the allocation of suitable retail sites where additional need is identified. Salisbury District Employment Provides a robust analysis of employment land Aims to inform policies relating to the Land Review (2007) supply and demand. economy.

77 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix A

Appendix B. Baseline Information

1 Air Quality

1.1 Baseline Information 1.1.1 The collection of baseline information ensures that the sustainability appraisal process is based on a sound evidence base and provides the basis for predicting and monitoring any environmental or sustainability effects that may be identified during the sustainability appraisal stages. It is made clear in the sustainability appraisal guidance that a practical approach to the collection of baseline information is essential as there are opportunities to update the sustainability appraisal work in the future. The planning authority is encouraged to use existing data sources rather than to undertake original research.

1.2 Air Pollution 1.2.1 Air pollution can have a serious effect on people’s health. Exposure to air pollution can have a long- term effect on health, associated in particular with premature mortality due to cardiopulmonary (heart and lung) effects. Air pollution also has negative impacts on our environment, both in terms of direct effects of pollutants on vegetation, and indirectly through effects on the acid and nutrient status of soils and waters.

Table 1.1 - Estimated Background Air Pollution Data Indicator Year Kennet North Wilts Salisbury West Wilts Wilts

2004 9.84 13.10 9.55 11.24 10.93 NOX

2005 9.57 12.62 9.24 10.98 10.60

2006 7.87 10.12 7.65 9.09 8.68

2004 7.72 10.32 7.49 8.84 8.59 NO2

2005 7.50 9.99 7.24 8.64 8.34

2006 6.17 7.96 6.00 7.13 6.81

2004 17.38 17.83 17.02 17.63 17.46 PM10

2005 17.19 17.65 16.83 17.50 17.29

2006 15.88 16.31 15.56 16.22 15.99

2004 0.18 0.23 0.16 0.24 0.20 Benzene

2005 0.16 0.21 0.15 0.22 0.19

2006 0.13 0.17 0.12 0.17 0.15

1,3-butadine* 2001 0.08 0.11 0.07 0.10 0.09

1 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B

Indicator Year Kennet North Wilts Salisbury West Wilts Wilts

2003 0.07 0.09 0.06 0.09 0.08

SO2 2006 2.18 2.10 2.08 3.17 2.38

CO2 2006 0.20 0.22 0.19 0.21 0.21 Source: Environment Agency, individual local authorities

1.2.2 Air pollution has been improving year on year in Wiltshire across all of the indicators. This data is only available at local levels and comparisons are difficult. With year on year improvements and the rural nature of Wiltshire it can be assumed that performance in these indicators is good. 1.2.3 There are no automatic air monitoring sites in Wiltshire, the nearest being in Bristol and Bournemouth. These sites report on the number of days air quality is poor comparing both rural and urban areas. The figures for the south west region are illustrated below. The data suggests that air pollution is occurring more frequently in the rural areas compared to the urban areas of the south west.

Table 1.2 - Automatic Air Quality Sites: Number of days when Air Pollution was reported as Moderate or Higher in the South West Rural Average 2000 Rural Average 2005 Urban Average 2000 Urban Average 2005

27 days 40 days 21 days 22 days Source: Environment Agency

1.2.4 The Air Quality Strategy for England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland (Defra, 2007) states that air quality in the UK is better in overall terms than at any time since the industrial revolution. However serious adverse effects can still arise and there are significant benefits to be gained from improving air quality further. Recent research has shown that some pollutants are more dangerous than previously thought and pollutants from sources such as cars, ships and industrial plants lead to levels of pollution which are still having a marked effect on our health and natural environment.

1.3 Air Quality Management Areas in Wiltshire 1.3.1 Air quality monitoring is undertaken across Wiltshire for a number of pollutants, but in the main for nitrogen dioxide. Where exceedences of the air quality objectives are identified the Council is legally obliged to declare an Air Quality Management Area (AQMA) for each affected area. Prior to Wiltshire Council being formed, West Wiltshire District Council declared two air quality management areas following consultation with the general public and then approval by West Wiltshire District Council Cabinet. These were created on the 26 November 2001. The AQMAs were declared due to exceedences in nitrogen dioxide. Salisbury District Council also had the need to declare three AQMAs due to exceedences in nitrogen dioxide. More recently an AQMA was declared in Calne in February 2013. 1.3.2 There are currently eight Air Quality Management Areas (AQMAs) in Wiltshire which have been declared in respect of the annual mean objective for nitrogen dioxide as follows:  Westbury - the AQMA covers part of Haynes Road and Warminster Road  Bradford-on-Avon - the AQMA covers Market Street, Silver Street, Masons Lane and part of St Margaret’s Street. The AQMA has also been declared in respect of the annual mean objectives for fine particulates  Salisbury - Salisbury District Council has also had to declare AQMAs and currently there are 3 AQMAs declared. The AQMAs cover the whole city centre, the A30 London Road between St Mark’s roundabout and the railway allotments and Wilton Road between St Paul’s roundabout and Skew Bridge which is part of the A36 trunk road and falls within the control of the Highways England.  Devizes – Shanes Castle  Marlborough – Herd Street and Barn Street

2 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B  Calne - within Curzon Street (The Square) & New Road

Figure 1.1 - Map of AQMAs in Wiltshire

1.4 The Role of Local Authorities 1.4.1 Local authorities have an important role to play in helping deliver the national strategy’s air quality objectives and the mandatory European air quality limit values. Action taken at the local level can be an effective way of tackling localised air quality problems, leading to an overall improvement of air quality across the UK. 1.4.2 The Environment Act 1995 introduced the system of Local Air Quality Management (LAQM). Since then, local authorities have had to periodically review and assess the current, and likely future, air quality in their areas against national air quality objectives for seven air pollutants. Where any objective is unlikely to be met by the relevant deadline, local authorities must designate those areas as air quality management areas (AQMAs) and take action, along with others, to work towards meeting the objectives. 1.4.3 A brief review of the district council’s most recent LAQM progress reports and assessments is given below:

1.5 2017 Air Quality Annual Status Report for Wiltshire 1.5.1 The air quality in Wiltshire is predominantly very good with the majority of the county having clean unpolluted air. However there are a small number of locations where the combination of traffic volume, road layout and topography has resulted in pollutants being trapped allowing concentrations 3 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B to increase to unacceptable levels. 1.5.2 There are two pollutants included within the Local Air Quality Management regime that are the cause of concern in Wiltshire; nitrogen dioxide (NO2) and fine particulate matter (PM10). 1.5.3 In general the trend has been toward improving air quality in the county of Wiltshire, however the picture for 2016 is mixed with some locations having shown a slight deterioration. 1.5.4 The 2017 Annual Status Report has highlighted a potential exceedance of the air quality objective for annual mean levels of nitrogen dioxide at a site at the northern end of Royal Wootton Bassett. It is the intention of the council to thoroughly investigate the levels of NO2 in this area during 2017/8 and to report back to the local area board as soon as practicable as to whether it will be necessary to declare an Air Quality Management Area. 1.5.5 Report findings established that, with regards to Nitrogen Dioxide concentrations, the general 5 year trend for the Salisbury Automatic Monitoring located at Exeter Street (AM1) is down although the result for 2013 was higher than 2012. The general 5 year trend for the Automatic Monitoring located in St Margarets Street; Bradford on Avon (AM2) is slightly down. No trend data has been reported for the Calne Automatic Monitoring Station located on Sidmouth Street as it has only been in place for a year and Sidmouth Street, Devizes (AM3) is showing a decrease in NO2 over the two years monitoring has been undertaken. 1.5.6 The diffusion tube monitoring results for 2016 confirmed that the AQMAs already declared within Wiltshire are all still valid with a number of exceedences at monitoring sites located within existing AQMAs. No monitoring has indicated that any of the existing Wiltshire AQMAs (Salisbury; Bradford on Avon; Devizes; Marlborough; Calne; Westbury) need to be revoked. 1.5.7 No AQMA is currently in place in Chippenham or Trowbridge. 1.5.8 Wiltshire Council does not undertake any Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) or Benzene monitoring.

Table 1.3 - Air Quality Management Areas Declared in Wiltshire Kennet North Wilts Salisbury West Wilts Wilts

Areas declared 0 3 3 2 8

1.6 Air Quality Strategy for Wiltshire 2011-2015 1.6.1 The main aim of the strategy is:

‘Wiltshire Council working collaboratively will seek to maintain the good air quality in the county and strive to deliver improvements in areas where air quality fails national objectives in order to protect public health and the environment’

1.6.2 The common factor in managing air quality in Wiltshire is the motor vehicle. The areas of poor air quality in Wiltshire are all traffic related and the Council recognises that tackling these areas is neither easy nor simple. In practice managing transport system, vehicle movements and the location of new developments will be the primary method of improving or maintain air quality. It will require working collaboratively and with local communities so that progress can be made. 1.6.3 Technological advances and improved fuels are expected to lead to improvements in local air quality. However the need to reduce increasing reliance on the private car and to provide access to improved public transport or other sustainable means of travel remains and needs to be addressed.

1.7 Air Quality and Planning 1.7.1 The planning systems across the UK for land use and transport planning are also an important part of an integrated approach to air quality improvements, particularly regarding new developments and emphasis on accessibility for public transport, park and ride schemes, walking and cycling. These can all help reduce the number of journeys made by car and the emissions to air. 1.7.2 At the national level the NPPF advises that planning policies should ensure that new development is appropriate for its location in order to avoid unacceptable risks from pollution and land instability. The Framework states that planning policies should comply with and contribute towards EU limit 4 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B values or national objectives for pollutants, taking into account the presence of Air Quality Management Areas and the cumulative impacts on air quality from individual sites in local areas. Planning decisions should ensure that any new development in Air Quality Management Areas is consistent with the local air quality action plan.

1.8 Air Quality and Climate Change 1.8.1 The importance of climate change as an environmental issue of global significance has increased enormously in the past few years. The Stern Report and the Energy White Paper highlighted the importance of the need to reduce global carbon emissions. Local planning policies need to be developed with a consideration of their impact on climate change and greenhouse gas emissions, and this is particularly true of air quality. Synergistic policies, beneficial to both air quality and climate change, should be pursued. For example, the energy efficiency of new buildings or reducing the use of private motor vehicles.

1.9 Noise Pollution Issues 1.9.1 Noise can have a significant effect on the environment and on the quality of life enjoyed by individuals and communities. 1.9.2 The impact of noise can be a material consideration in the determination of planning applications. The planning system has the task of guiding development to the most appropriate locations. It will be hard to reconcile some land uses, such as housing, hospitals or schools, with other activities which generate high levels of noise. The planning system should ensure that, wherever practicable, noise- sensitive developments are separated from major sources of noise (such as road, rail and air transport and certain types of industrial development). It is equally important that new development involving noisy activities should, if possible, be sited away from noise-sensitive land uses. 1.9.3 Development plans provide the policy framework within which these issues can be weighed but careful assessment of all these factors will also be required when individual applications for development are considered. Where it is not possible to achieve such a separation of land uses, local planning authorities should consider whether it is practicable to control or reduce noise levels, or to mitigate the impact of noise, through the use of conditions or planning obligations. 1.9.4 Some of the main sources of noise across Wiltshire are likely to include impacts from increasing levels of traffic on roads. 1.9.5 The Campaign to Protect Rural England (CPRE) has carried out research into tranquillity, including noise and visual intrusion. 1.9.6 According to the figures in the attached table, Wiltshire is significantly more tranquil overall than Swindon, although this is to be expected, as Swindon has considerably more urban areas and major roads in proportion to its land area. Wiltshire is less tranquil than the rest of the South West but more tranquil than England as a whole.

5 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Figure 1.2 - Wiltshire Tranquillity Map (CPRE)

Source: http://www.cpre.org.uk/resources/countryside/tranquil-places/item/1790-developing-an-intrusion-map-of-england

1 1.10 Pollution from Lighting 1.10.1 Light pollution is caused by excess light radiating into areas where it is not wanted. The source is often street lighting, resulting in an orange glow around urban areas. It has been measured by the saturation of pixels in a satellite survey taken at night. Ephemeral sources were removed, to supply an accurate picture of normal light pollution levels. 1.10.2 On average the South West is the darkest region in England2. Wiltshire is significantly more light polluted than the rest of the South West region, but is still better than the average for England. Nevertheless, 30% is still classified as one of the two darkest bands. Light pollution has also increased significantly across all regions. Wiltshire has increased almost the same amount as the rest of England, but significantly more than the South West, distancing itself from the rest of the region.

1.11 Land Contamination 1.11.1 When substances are introduced into or onto land where they would not normally be, the land could then be considered to be contaminated.

1 http://www.intelligencenetwork.org.uk/environment/waste-and-pollution/ 2 http://www.cpre.org.uk/media-centre/latest-news-releases/item/4314-new-interactive-maps-reveal-england-s-darkest-and-most-light- polluted-skies 6 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 1.11.2 The term 'land contamination' covers a wide range of situations where land is contaminated in some way. In a small number of these situations where certain criteria are met, a site might be determined 'contaminated land' which has a specific legal definition set out in Part IIA of the Environmental Protection Act. 1.11.3 Throughout Wiltshire there are many sites that have been contaminated by previous use. Often this is associated with industrial processes or activities that have now ceased, but where waste products or remaining residues present a hazard to the general environment. There is also increasing pressure to reuse land which is affected by contamination, rather than develop greenfield sites such as farmland, parks or woodland. 1.11.4 The duty on local authorities is to periodically inspect the land within their administrative area for evidence of ground contamination that is causing, or has the potential to cause, significant harm to environmental receptors. 1.11.5 In 2010, Wiltshire Council produced an Inspection Strategy for Contaminated Land. It states that the process of inspecting and identifying contaminated land is ongoing. Seven sites of potential concern have been identified to date and will require further investigation. Two sites have been declared as contaminated land and confirmed as ‘special sites’, which means that the Environment Agency (not the local authority) is responsible for taking action to address them. 1.11.6 Contaminated land is often found on sites previously used for industry, and these sites are now a priority for development. It is therefore anticipated that most contaminated land will be addressed through the planning process.

7 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 2 Biodiversity

2.1 Baseline Information 2.1.1 The collection of baseline information ensures that the sustainability appraisal process is based on a sound evidence base and provides the basis for predicting and monitoring any environmental or sustainability effects that may be identified during the sustainability appraisal stages. It is made clear in the sustainability appraisal guidance that a practical approach to the collection of baseline information is essential as there are opportunities to update the sustainability appraisal work in the future. The planning authority is encouraged to use existing data sources rather than to undertake original research. 2.1.2 Wiltshire contains a great diversity of habitat types, from its internationally important chalk grassland and chalk rivers, to large networks of standing open water, and ancient hunting forests. The richness of habitats in Wiltshire is reflected in the diversity of species which occur, including nationally important populations of Marsh Fritillary and farmland birds such as Stone Curlew. 2.1.3 High profile biodiversity sites within Wiltshire include North Meadow Special Area of Conservation, a traditional hay meadow home to a variety of wildflowers; the chalk streams and rivers of the Avon system; Parsonage Down National Nature Reserve, situated on the Salisbury Plain plateau; and the ancient forests of Savernake, Cranborne Chase and Braydon Forest. 2.1.4 Whilst Wiltshire is comparatively rich in terms of its biodiversity, its wildlife has declined at an alarming rate over the last 50 years in line with national trends. For example, lowland unimproved grassland, an important habitat type in Wiltshire, is now the single most threatened type of grassland habitat in the UK. Between1934-1984 it is thought to have declined in extent by 97%. Species have also shown worrying declines, with groups such as farmland birds having declined on average by about 50% since the 1970s.

2.2 How can the planning process benefit biodiversity? 2.2.1 Development can affect all habitats in Wiltshire and the LDF can help ensure the protection and enhancement of biodiversity throughout the local authority area. The development documents that will be produced by Wiltshire Council will provide many opportunities to protect and enhance biodiversity, together with policy and legislation such as the biodiversity duty set out under the Natural Environment and Rural Communities (NERC) Act, 2006. 2.2.2 The design of major developments if done sympathetically can work towards many BAP targets through incorporating measures to enhance biodiversity and contributing to networks of multifunctional green space known as green infrastructure. Opportunities arise to further many BAP targets and actions through planning gain, which uses developer contributions for purposes including biodiversity enhancement. 2.2.3 The NPPF highlights the planning system’s role in conserving and enhancing the natural and local environment. The Framework advises that LPAs should seek to conserve and enhance biodiversity by ensuring that development does not result in significant harm to local wildlife. The NPPF also encourages LPAs to promote opportunities to incorporate biodiversity in and around development. 2.2.4 The NPPG adds to the NPPF by stating that LPAs should seek opportunities to work with other partners including Local Nature Partnerships, to develop a strategic approach to protecting and improving the natural environment in line with local priorities and evidence. LPAs should also consider the opportunities that arise from development proposals to enhance biodiversity and contribute to wildlife and habitat connectivity in the wider area.

2.3 International Designations in Wiltshire 2.3.1 Internationally designated sites are of exceptional importance in respect of rare, endangered or vulnerable habitats and species, and benefit from a high level of protection. 2.3.2 There are several internationally designated sites within Wiltshire, as shown in Figure 2-1.

8 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Figure 2-1 - Wiltshire International Designations

Source: Wiltshire County Council 2008

2.3.3 These are discussed in greater detail below.

Special Protection Areas 2.3.4 The European Commission (EC) Council Directive on the Conservation of Wild Birds – ‘The Birds Directive’ (79/409/EEC) requires measures to preserve, maintain or re-establish sufficient diversity and areas of habitats for all species of birds naturally occurring in a wild state. It applies special measures for the protection of listed, vulnerable and migratory bird species. 2.3.5 In part, these objectives are achieved by the establishment of a network of protected areas for birds, known as Special Protection Areas (SPAs). Member states have a duty to protect SPAs from deterioration and significant disturbance. Two SPAs cover parts of Wiltshire:  Porton Down  Salisbury Plain

2.3.6 Additionally, the New Forest SPA is close to Wiltshire’s south east boundary; this raises the prospect of cross boundary issues in the form of the potential impact of minerals and waste development within the vicinity of the New Forest SPA border. It should be noted that planning for the New Forest National Park is now the responsibility of the New Forest National Park Authority.

Natura 2000 Network 2.3.7 There are 14 Natura 2000 sites present wholly or partially within Wiltshire, including three SPAs, 10 SACs and one Ramsar (see below).

Table 2-1 Site Feature of Interest

Salisbury Plain SPA / Stone curlew, hen harrier, hobby, quail. Calcareous grassland and juniper heath SAC supporting marsh fritillary butterflies.

Porton Down SPA Stone curlew

9 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Bath & Bradford on Horseshoe and Bechstein’s bats Avon Bats SAC

Chilmark Quarries SAC Horseshoe, barbastelle and Bechstein’s bats

Great Yews SAC Yew woodland

Kennet & Lambourn Desmoulin’s whorl snail Floodplain SAC

New Forest SPA / SAC Dartford warbler (breeding), honey buzzard (breeding), nightjar (breeding), woodlark (breeding) and hen harrier (wintering). Wet and dry heathland, woodland, grasslands, and wetland mosaics of mires, ponds, streams and fens.

North Meadow and Lowland hay meadows Clattinger Farm SAC

Pewsey Downs Calcareous grassland

Prescombe Down SAC Calcareous grassland supporting early genitian and marsh fritillary

Chalk river supporting Desmoulin’s whorl snail, Atlantic salmon, bullhead, brook River Avon SAC lamprey and sea lamprey

2.3.8 These sites support some of Europe’s rarest habitats and species, and also provide some of the finest remaining examples of these wildlife resources. They are widely recognised as being of major importance to the UK’s biodiversity and are major components in our ecological network. John Lawton’s recent review of the UK’s wildlife sites network has highlighted their importance and the need to increase their size and quality through favourable management in order to ensure that they remain strong components of the ecological network in the future. 2.3.9 These sites are afforded the strictest protection under the Habitats Regulations (2010) and can be sensitive to the effects of certain developments due to their size, nature or location, even when situated at a significant distance from the designated areas. In particular, those sites which are potentially susceptible to impacts as a result of development include:  Increased recreational disturbance upon breeding birds on Salisbury Plain and in the New Forest  Loss of bat roosts, habitat loss / fragmentation and lighting in the areas around the Bath and Bradford on Avon Bats SAC sites  Physical damage to habitats of the River Avon SAC  Water pollution issues associated with additional discharge from sewage treatment works discharging in the River Avon SAC  Water shortages to accommodate increased abstraction in the River Avon SAC catchment

Special Areas of Conservation 2.3.10 The ‘birds directive’ has been partially amended by The EC Council Directive on the Conservation of Natural Habitats of Wild Fauna and Flora – ‘The Habitats Directive’ (94/43/EEC) - this extends the principle of protection to habitats, plus plant and animal species. The habitats directive requires measures to maintain or restore natural habitats and wild species at a favourable conservation status, giving effect to both site and species protection objectives. 2.3.11 In part, this is achieved by the establishment of a network of protected areas for these habitats and/or species, known as Special Areas of Conservation (SACs). Ten SACs have been approved within (or partially within) Wiltshire:  Salisbury Plain  River Avon System  New Forest 10 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B  Kennet and Lambourn Flood Plain  North Meadow and Clattinger Farm  Chilmark Quarries  Bath and Bradford on Avon Bats  Great Yews  Prescombe Down  Pewsey Downs

Ramsar Sites 2.3.12 A ‘Ramsar site’ is land listed as a ‘wetland of international importance’. There are currently no Ramsar sites designated within Wiltshire. However, large parts of the New Forest National Park, which borders south east Wiltshire, are protected by the Ramsar status (as well as being a SPA and SAC). This should be factored into the appropriate assessment of the LDF.

Table 2-2 - International Designations in Wiltshire Indicator Kennet North Wilts Salisbury West Wilts Wiltshire

Area of SAC 9.58 0.21 6.82 11.26 6.79 (%) Area of SPA 9.34 0.00 5.54 11.21 6.26 (%)

2.4 National Designations in Wiltshire 2.4.1 There are many sites within Wiltshire designated for their national biodiversity importance, ranging between Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs), National Nature Reserves and Ancient Woodland.

Table 2-3 - National Designations in Wiltshire North West Indicator Kennet Salisbury Wiltshire SW England Wilts Wilts

Area designated as National Nature 0.41 0.05 0.57 0.00 0.31 Reserve (%)

Area of SSSI (%) 11.33 0.90 9.33 13.18 8.55

Area of SSSI (Ha) 10954 691 9371 6812 27828

SSSIs in favourable 67.90 70.70 43.20 47.00 57.20 50.5 44.4 condition (%)

SSSIs in recovering unfavourable 21.30 25.20 37.70 46.20 32.60 32.5 38.9 condition (%)

SSSIs in declining unfavourable 6.80 4.10 10.50 5.70 6.78 5.4 5.1 condition (%)

SSSIs in recovering unfavourable no 4.00 0.10 8.60 1.10 3.45 11.52 11.57 change (%)

Source: Natural England and Wiltshire County Council

11 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B

Sites of Special Scientific Interest 2.4.2 There are 168 SSSIs in Wiltshire covering over 29,000ha of calcareous grassland, lowland meadows, broadleaved woodland, streams, rivers, standing waters and a wide variety of other habitat types which also support important populations of British wildlife. This network of sites is of national importance, providing a representative sample of our most important wildlife and geological sites. Wiltshire’s proportion of the SSSI network has suffered significant declines in the past, with 77% currently in unfavourable condition, however recent investment in the network and the efforts of Natural England have ensured that almost all of those sites are now recovering, with only 0.52% of the SSSI network in Wiltshire in unfavourable declining condition. 2.4.3 Damage to SSSIs as a result of development is understood to be very rare in Wiltshire due to strict compliance with the statutory procedures required by Section 28, as set out in Circular 06/2005.

Table 2-4 - Natural England SSSI Condition Summary - 1 March 2014 % Area % Area % Area % Area % Area % Area meeting favourable unfavourable unfavourable no unfavourable destroyed / part PSA target recovering change declining destroyed

97.46% 22.80% 74.66% 1.94% 0.60% 0.00%

Source: http://www.sssi.naturalengland.org.uk/Special/sssi/reportAction.cfm?Report=sdrt18&Category=C&Reference=1046

National Nature Reserves 2.4.4 SSSIs which are owned by Natural England are known as National Nature Reserves (NNRs). 2.4.5 These are established to protect the most important areas of wildlife habitat and geological formations in Britain, and as places for scientific research. They are designated under the National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act 1949 and the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981. There are six NNRs in Wiltshire:  Fyfield Down  North Meadow  Parsonage Down  Pewsey Downs  Prescombe Down  Wylye Down

Ancient Woodland 2.4.6 Land that has been continually wooded since AD1600 or earlier is classed as ancient woodland. Although not protected by legislation, ancient woodland is recognised and awarded protection in the NPPF (paragraph 118) which states:

‘Planning permission should be refused for development resulting in the loss or deterioration of irreplaceable habitats, including ancient woodland and the loss of aged or veteran trees found outside ancient woodland, unless the need for, and benefits of, the development in that location clearly outweigh the loss;’

2.4.7 Ancient woodland is also afforded weight in the government policy statement: Keepers of time – A Statement of policy for England’s ancient and native woodland (DEFRA and Forestry Commission, 2005). 2.4.8 Approximately 3.7% of the plan area is covered by ancient woodland. It is particularly valuable for biodiversity as a rich habitat for wildlife, and is home to more species of conservation concern than any other habitat. Ancient woodland supports some 232 species (outlined in the UK Biodiversity Action Plan, 1994). These ecosystems cannot be recreated, therefore the loss of ancient woodland (and aged or veteran trees found outside of ancient woodlands) should be avoided. 2.4.9 Possible mitigation measures to avoid adverse impacts upon ancient woodland include:  exclusion zones

12 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B  the creation of buffer strips of new native woodland or other semi-natural habitats  working with local communities

Table 2-5 - Ancient Woodland in Wiltshire

Indicator Kennet North Wilts Salisbury West Wilts Wiltshire Area of ancient semi- 3.55 2.61 5.37 3.55 3.89 natural woodland (%)

Area of ancient semi- 3,435 2,000 5,394 1,834 12,663 natural woodland (Ha)

2.5 Local Designations in Wiltshire 2.5.1 There are numerous sites within Wiltshire which have regional/local biodiversity importance, such as Regionally Important Geological and geomorphological Sites (RIGS), County Wildlife Sites and Local Nature Reserves. Locally designated sites, although not of the same status as international or national sites, have an important role to play in contributing to overall national biodiversity targets, the quality of life and well-being of the community, and in supporting research and education.

Sites of Nature Conservation Importance (SNCI) 2.5.2 The term Sites of Nature Conservation Importance (SNCI) incorporates Regionally Important Geological and geomorphological Sites (RIGS) and County Wildlife Sites. 2.5.3 Although they have no statutory status, RIGS are considered to represent the most important examples of geology and geomorphology outside of SSSIs (English Nature, 2006). Established in 1990 by the Nature Conservancy Council, RIGS are designated by locally developed criteria, and are of local importance that should be considered as a material consideration in planning matters. RIGS are designated according to their value for: education, scientific study, historical value, and aesthetics. 2.5.4 There are 60 RIGS in Wiltshire and Swindon, covering an area of 141 hectares. 2.5.5 Wiltshire and Swindon contain around 1,500 County Wildlife Sites, covering 20,509 hectares which, together with SSSIs, comprise the critical core of Wiltshire and Swindon’s biodiversity. Although County Wildlife Sites do not receive statutory protection, they have received protection through development plan policies. The Local Area Agreement for Wiltshire (June 2008) contains an action for targeted conservation and enhancement of Wiltshire’s biodiversity in line with the Wiltshire Biodiversity Action Plan and the South West Nature Map; in particular improving monitoring, advice, and management of County Wildlife Sites, where possible through community action.

Table 2-6 - Local designations in Wiltshire

Indicator Kennet North Wilts Salisbury West Wilts Wiltshire

Area designated 0.02 0.00 0.03 0.10 0.03 as LNR (%)

Area designated as County Wildlife 337 259 443 162 1168 Site

Area of RIGS (%) 0.07 0.03 0.02 0.15 0.05

Area of RIGS (HA) 68 20 16 75 180 Source: Wiltshire Council

13 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Local Biodiversity Action Plans 2.5.6 The targets and actions within Biodiversity Action Plans (BAPs) are a ‘material consideration’ within the planning process, and provide guidance on how habitats and species can be conserved and enhanced. 2.5.7 The local BAPs - Wiltshire, Swindon, and Cotswold Water Park BAPs - give greater priority to habitat action plans rather than species actions plans. This is because, in the majority of cases, the main threats to wildlife are associated with the loss, degradation or fragmentation of the place in which it lives, and no species can exist in the wild independently of its habitat. The habitat action plans and species action plans describe the habitat or species under consideration, provide information on national and local status and on current factors affecting this status, and identifies objectives and targets alongside the actions required. 2.5.8 Published in 2008, the Wiltshire BAP (incorporating Swindon) incorporates 10 habitat action plans, one habitat information note and one species action plan. Priority will be given to conserving and enhancing those habitats and species that have been identified in the Wiltshire BAP:  Woodland  Wood pasture, parkland and ancient trees  Rivers, streams and associated habitats  Standing open water  Farmland habitats  Orchards  Calcareous grassland  Unimproved neutral grassland  Built environment  Ancient and species rich hedgerows  Heathland Information note  Bats (species)

County Wildlife Sites 2.5.9 There are approximately 1,560 County Wildlife Sites (CWSs) in Wiltshire covering approximately 21,000ha of semi-natural habitats including most of our main rivers, ancient woodlands, our best wildflower meadows and the wetlands of the Cotswold Water Park. Although our CWSs are recognised for being of county significance for wildlife, many of them are as rich in wildlife and as valuable as SSSIs; the CWS network is intended to be a comprehensive collection of our best wildlife sites, whereas the SSSI network is only a representative sample of the best examples of certain habitats and species. The CWS network therefore represents an incredibly important resource for Wiltshire’s wildlife; however it does not receive any statutory protection and is vulnerable as a result. The Community Areas of Tidworth, Westbury, Warminster and Amesbury have over 20% of their area classified as rich in wildlife. The Community Areas of Melksham and Trowbridge Community Area have less than 5% of their areas classified as wildlife rich. 2.5.10 The Wiltshire and Swindon Wildlife Sites Project undertakes monitoring of the CWS network and offers advice to private landowners about the special value of their land and how to manage this favourably; 54% of the CWS network is known to be under positive management. The network is also regularly updated as sites are de-notified as they become damaged, destroyed or degraded, but new sites are also added as they are discovered. Five sites were denotified in 2008-09, four in 2009- 10 and 11 in 2010-2011 as a result of degradation and development. 2.5.11 Professor Sir John Lawton’s recent review of England’s wildlife sites Making Space for Nature has identified and stressed the importance of local wildlife sites, but also reports that they are often neglected, poorly managed, damaged or lost. Among his recommendations Professor Lawton advises that planning policy and practice should provide greater protection to local wildlife sites. DEFRA has also stressed the importance of local wildlife sites in providing refuges for wildlife, representing local character and distinctiveness, and playing a significant role in meeting national biodiversity targets, and also recommends that Development Plan Documents should include criteria

14 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B based policies on the protection of local wildlife sites3. 2.5.12 CWSs are currently afforded protection in local plan policies. These policies aim to protect the CWS network from the adverse effects of development unless the reasons for the proposal outweigh the value of the site, in which case they allow mitigation /compensation measures to be conditioned as part of any permission granted. While these policies tend to protect CWSs from direct damage or loss, Wiltshire Council officers have identified a number of weaknesses associated with their implementation which have led to the damage or degradation of CWSs:  Indirect and offsite effects such as trampling, fly-tipping, fires, isolation, pollution and disturbance are not recognised, making it difficult to control such impacts through conditions or obligations.  Restoration potential is not recognised. Some CWSs have become degraded through lack of appropriate management but could be restored through favourable management. These areas are undervalued and as such are often lost to development and with it any restoration potential. Development can represent an opportunity to restore CWSs to favourable condition; however there is currently no driver to do so.  Lack of commitment to manage a CWS appropriately can lead to long-term neglect, degradation and damage. The presence of a CWS in or next to a development should be seen as a community asset, and a commitment should be made maintain such areas responsibly.

2.5.13 Wiltshire Council has adopted NI197 as an indicator to measure its performance against the government’s national priorities. The indicator is intended to measure the active management of local sites as a measure of movement towards the target of improving biodiversity. Wiltshire Council has achieved its target of increasing the number of sites in favourable management for the past three years; development could provide opportunities to bring further sites into favourable management to deliver these targets.

Local Nature Reserves (LNR) 2.5.14 Local Nature Reserves (LNRs) are for both people and wildlife. They offer people special opportunities to study or learn about nature or simply to enjoy it. All district and county councils have powers to acquire, declare and manage LNRs. To qualify for LNR status, a site must be of importance for wildlife, geology, education or public enjoyment. Some are also nationally important Sites of Special Scientific Interest. LNRs must be controlled by the local authority through ownership, lease or agreement with the owner. The main aim must be to care for the natural features which make the site special. 2.5.15 The following table lists LNRs in Wiltshire and LNR type and area:

Table 2-7 Local Nature Reserve LNR Type Area (Ha)

Avon Valley Reserve Urban Fringe 20.19 Bemerton Heath and Barnards Folly Urban Fringe 11.63 Conygre Mead Urban Fringe 2.53 Corston Quarry and Pond Rural 0.5 Drews Pond Wood Urban Fringe 3.87 Jubilee Lake Urban Fringe 4.01 Mortimore's Wood Urban Fringe 1.44 Oakfrith Wood Rural 14.52 River Wylye Not Known 4.22 Smallbrook Meadows Urban Fringe 6.14 Source: Natural England

3 DEFRA (2006) Local Sites: Guidance on Their Identification, Selection and Management 15 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 2.5.16 Total area LNR in Wiltshire therefore is currently 69.05Ha. Accessible Natural Greenspace Guidance4 states that there should be at least one hectare of LNR per 1000 population - Wiltshire’s population is estimated at 456,1005 so this works out at 0.15Ha LNR per 1000 population. This figure is relatively low compared with many of Wiltshire’s neighbouring authorities; however it does not take into account the wide range of other publicly accessible areas of open space that Wiltshire’s residents have access to.

Protected Road Verges 2.5.17 Wiltshire’s Protected Road Verges (PRVs) scheme also identifies road verges which are of important nature conservation value due to the presence of rare or notable species, the presence of valuable habitats, functions as a wildlife corridor linking other wildlife sites, geological features or areas of community value. Given their proximity to the local road network, PRVs can be impacted by development where this requires new or upgraded road junctions or any widening of the carriageway. 2.5.18 There are approximately 50 PRVs in Wiltshire and they are monitored by volunteers. The road verge monitors keep a check on the condition of their verges and are responsible for monitoring the botanical / biological interest. Reports from all the monitors are collated annually and used as a basis for ongoing management of the verges.

Local Geological Sites 2.5.19 Local Geological Sites (LGSs) are currently the most important places for geology and geomorphology outside of geological SSSIs. LGSs (formerly Regional Sites of Geological Importance or RIGS) are selected in a different way to Earth science SSSIs, which are chosen by Natural England on a national basis, while LGSs are selected on a local or regional basis using four nationally agreed criteria:  The value of the site for educational purposes in lifelong learning;  The value of the site for study by both professional and amateur Earth scientists;  The historical value of the site in terms of important advances in Earth science knowledge, events or human exploitation; and  The aesthetic value of a site in the landscape, particularly in relation to promoting public awareness and appreciation of Earth sciences.

2.5.20 The concept of RIGS was first initiated by the Nature Conservancy Councils (NCC) in 1990. RIGS sites started life as SSSIs which were denotified after the Geological Conservation Review (1997- 1990), however the statutory agencies wished to secure their conservation in another form. RIGS sites are those which, whilst not benefiting from national statutory protection, are nevertheless regionally or locally representative sites where "consideration of their importance becomes integral to the planning process". 2.5.21 There are currently 58 LGSs in Wiltshire which include exposures of limestone, chalk, sand, gravel, sandstone and clay. Wiltshire Geology Group is currently undertaking a project to monitor the condition of all of these sites, which has revealed that almost all of them are in declining condition, and indeed five sites were lost and denotified during the period 2009-10. LGSs are likely to be significantly under recorded, and there are likely to be many more important sites within Wiltshire which have not yet been discovered. 2.5.22 LGSs can be affected by a wide range of development through covering or damaging exposures or contributing to the encroachment of vegetation through landscape management practices, however the greatest threats tend to be posed by mineral and waste developments. At the same time, development can provide opportunities to re-expose sites in poor condition, identifying previously unknown but significant features during environmental assessments, and making a contribution to accessibility and long-term management of such sites. 2.5.23 Each of the local plans and the Structure Plan offers a degree of protection to RIGS / LGS through inclusion of policies on local sites such as County Wildlife Sites. There are no known instances where development proposals have resulted in the damage or loss of geological features, and it is not therefore possible to comment on the effectiveness of these policies. However it is worth noting that while the policies afford protection from damage through development, they do not include any driver for positive management or access which might enhance and secure our known geodiversity for the future.

4 ‘Nature Nearby’ - Accessible Natural Greenspace Guidance (Natural England, 2010) 5 Office for National Statistics (ONS) 2009 Mid-year population estimates 16 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 2.6 Disturbance 2.6.1 Development has the potential to cause disturbance of the natural environment within the site itself, however such effects can also occur at significant distances from the development site. Such disturbances can range from short-term or one-off events to long-term, permanent effects. Examples include:  Damage to habitats through trampling, mountain biking, fires, fly-tipping, litter, dog fouling etc;  Disturbance of wildlife during construction through noise and vibration  Predation of domestic cats upon wildlife such as nesting birds and water vole;  Recreational disturbance of sensitive fauna, particularly by dog walkers;  Pollution and siltation of waterbodies / courses from run-off;

 Disturbance of nocturnal fauna through the use of artificial lighting79;  Visual disturbance and mortality from wild farms; and  Mortality caused by increased traffic or new roads.

2.6.2 Although such effects can be significant especially in combination, they are often overlooked in environmental assessments, and can often be reduced through the use of method statements, design / landscape schemes and planning obligations. Some disturbance impacts are an inherent part of the proposed change of use and cannot be fully overcome, however such impacts should be made clear in the proposals, in order that they can be weighed against the benefits of development during the decision-making process. 2.6.3 The Habitats Regulations Assessment (HRA) for the Wiltshire 2026 consultation document carried out in 2009 identified the potential impacts of anticipated development upon the Salisbury Plain and New Forest SPAs. Research has shown that stone curlew is very sensitive to recreational disturbance, particularly from dog walkers, and that the vast majority of regular visitors live within 15km of the plain. The HRA therefore concluded that proposed housing within this 15km radius of the plain could potentially impact upon stone curlew breeding success through increased recreational disturbance. 2.6.4 Recreational disturbance has also been confirmed as having a significant effect upon the breeding success of the Dartford warbler and nightjar, and development in the south of the county could potentially increase recreational disturbance on these species in the New Forest. Potential mitigation measures have been identified to reduce and offset this recreational pressure through:  Habitat mitigation / enhancement measures to increase the number of suitable nest sites;  Provision of Suitable Alternative Natural Green Spaces (SANGS); and  Securing management measures including access control.

2.6.5 Delivery of these measures would need to be secured through partnership working with organisations such as the New Forest National Park Authority, Defence Infrastructure Organisation and the Wessex Stone Curlew Project, and funded by developer contributions.

2.7 South West Nature Map 2.7.1 There is significant effort underway throughout the south west region to conserve biodiversity, but major challenges lie ahead if we are to stop further losses, re-establish lost wildlife and enable it to adapt to the pressures of climate change. The South West Nature Map shows the best areas to maintain and expand (through restoration and/or re-creation) terrestrial wildlife habitats at a landscape scale.

17 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Figure 2-8 - South West Nature Map for Wiltshire (including Swindon)

Source: South West Observatory 2006.

2.7.2 Nature Map was produced by the South West Regional Biodiversity Partnership. It selects landscape scale blocks of land, known as Strategic Nature Areas (SNAs), to improve habitat networks and to sustain wildlife within them. SNAs will contain a mosaic of habitats, building on existing core areas and co-existing with other land uses, such as agriculture and recreation. The principal rivers are also included on the Nature Map as important linear features for biodiversity. 2.7.3 Re-establishing biodiversity in the areas identified by Nature Map will require a strategic approach to forward planning and development control, in order to link, buffer and recreate wildlife habitats. 2.7.4 More information on how the Nature Map can be incorporated into the development document can be found in South West Nature Map - A Planners Guide (Biodiversity South West, 2007).

2.8 Wiltshire Core Strategy Habitats Regulations Assessment (HRA) March 2013 2.8.1 The HRA assesses any impacts of the Core Strategy against the conservation objectives of sites of European importance for nature conservation in, and outside Wiltshire, to ascertain whether it would adversely affect the integrity of any sites concerned. Wiltshire Council appointed WSP Environmental Consultants to undertake the HRA requirements for the Wiltshire Core Strategy. WSP prepared earlier drafts of the reports that examined options for growth in 2009 and earlier drafts of the Core Strategy in 2011 and February, 2012. It is important that the sustainability appraisal takes account of HRA findings in order that consideration can be given to mitigating any adverse effects. 2.8.2 The findings of the March 2013 HRA have since been reviewed in light of the light of the proposed modifications to the Core Strategy. The Likely Significant Effects of the proposed modifications are detailed in the February 2014 HRA.

2.9 Wiltshire Core Strategy – Habitats Regulations Assessment (HRA) 28 February 2014 2.9.1 The findings of the previous Wiltshire Core Strategy Habitats Regulations Assessment (HRA) have been reviewed in light of all modifications proposed since that assessment was carried out (March 2013). An in combination assessment has also identified any plans or projects which have been 18 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B subject to HRA since March 2013. 2.9.2 The scope of the 2014 HRA update is as follows:  The starting point is the March 2013 HRA and the pre-submission documents which that assessment was based upon.  The update HRA focuses on relevant changes, rather than repeat the findings of the March 2013 HRA where there are no significant changes.  This assessment incorporates the finding of the August 2013 HRA review.  It assesses the effects of all proposed modifications to the plan made since the March 2013 assessment, including both the post-hearing modifications and those presented in EXAM/90.  It updates the in-combination assessment based on knowledge of any relevant plans or projects at the current time.

2.9.3 The Likely Significant Effects (LSE) of the proposed modifications include:  Water abstraction – increased abstraction required to supply the additional proposed housing would increase LSE upon the River Avon SAC and Kennet and Lambourne Floodplain SAC. It cannot currently be concluded that the WCS modifications would not have any adverse effect upon these sites until the water companies confirm that this supply could be met within licensed headroom.  Water pollution (Phosphate) – the increased housing numbers will result in an increased requirement for wastewater discharge, which could have LSE upon the River Avon SAC through increased phosphate levels. It cannot currently be concluded that the WCS modifications would not have any adverse effect upon these sites until Wessex Water confirms that this wastewater treatment could be met within licensed headroom.  Recreation – the proposed modifications would increase recreational pressure at Salisbury Plain SPA and New Forest SPA. For both of these sites it is anticipated that the increases are relatively modest and the existing mitigation strategies remain valid and effective and it can be concluded that the modified WCS (alone) would not affect the integrity of these sites.  Habitat Loss and modification – increased housing at Bradford on Avon, Corsham and Westbury could result in habitat loss / modification which would impact upon the Bath and Bradford Bats SAC, however it is concluded that this would be effectively addressed through the Council’s guidance document and would not affect the integrity of the SAC. Increased housing at  Trowbridge could have LSE upon the Bechstein’s populations at Biss / Green Lane Woods, however this will be dependent upon the future distribution of housing, to be determined through a subsequent DPD and the effects of that housing is most appropriately Assess through the HRA accompanying that DPD.  Nitrogen deposition – there is potential for the additional housing to result in increased atmospheric pollution from traffic, however it is concluded that this would not have an adverse effect upon any Natura 2000 sites.  The in combination assessment identified several in combination LSE from recent Local Plan documents, however none of these in combination LSE were considered to result in an adverse effect upon the integrity of a Natura 2000 site.  The army rebasing masterplan is likely to have in combination LSEs with the WCS in respect of water abstraction, phosphate on the River Avon SAC and recreational disturbance.

2.10 Wiltshire Housing Site Allocations Plan – Habitats Regulations Assessment (HRA) June 2017 2.10.1 A Habitats Regulations Assessment (HRA) of the Wiltshire Housing Site Allocations DPD has been carried out by Wiltshire Council in accordance with the provisions of Regulation 61 and 102 of the Habitats Regulations. The HRA has been carried out iteratively alongside the development of the plan itself. The plan comprised three main stages: 1. Settlement level screening assessment; this was carried out at Stage 3 of the site selection process in order to inform the sustainability appraisal. This was carried out at a settlement level, 19 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B rather than individual sites to identify locations where HRA issues were likely to be a significant constraint to growth. 2. Policy Level Screening Assessment: this was carried out at Stages 4 and 6 of the site selection process. Individual policies were screened for likely significant effects alone and incombination in order to establish the scope of the appropriate assessment. The application of established mitigation measures was also considered at this stage. 3. Appropriate Assessment: this was carried out at Stages 4 and 6 of the site selection process. The effects of the plan as a whole on the integrity of relevant individual Natura 2000 sites (alone and in-combination) was considered and the need for any additional / updated mitigation measures such as policy caveats and mitigation strategies.

2.10.2 The HRA identified the following likely significant effects of the plan that were subject to appropriate assessment.  Salisbury Plain SPA (Recreational Pressure) - Allocations at Warminster, Market Lavington, Bratton, Ludgershall and Durrington lie within the visitor catchment of the SPA and will all contribute to increased recreational pressure on Salisbury Plain SPA, particularly when considered in combination with other planned growth and projects such as the Army Basing Programme (ABP). The Council has an existing Salisbury Plain Mitigation Strategy which deals with this issue and was agreed with Natural England in 2012. New evidence indicates that recreational pressure from projected growth up to 2026 would be higher than was originally expected in 2012. However it is considered that the general approach to mitigation remains effective and that the existing strategy can accommodate any potential uplift in growth during the plan period. As such it can be concluded that the plan would not have an adverse effect on the integrity of the SPA. It is nonetheless recommended that the Salisbury Plain Mitigation Strategy be updated in light of new evidence and changes to projected growth in the visitor catchment of the SPA.  River Avon SAC (Phosphate) - Certain stretches of the River Avon SAC6 are particularly sensitive to increasing levels of phosphate as a result of both diffuse sources e.g. agriculture, and point sources e.g. sewage treatment plants (STWs). As a consequence several stretches of the SAC are in unfavourable condition and the river is currently failing its conservation targets. Development has the potential to exacerbate this situation and the Council, Natural England and the Environment Agency, have therefore jointly produced a Nutrient Management Plan (NMP), in order to demonstrate how levels of growth proposed by the Core Strategy can be delivered without compromising the conservation targets in the long term. Modelling undertaken to support this housing allocations document demonstrates that housing delivery has exceeded growth anticipated in the NMP and this is further increased by the proposed allocations at Warminster, Salisbury and Durrington. Further refinement of the model is required in order to identify the implications for the NMP targets in specific stretches of the river but the Lower Avon sub-catchment is anticipated to be particularly vulnerable due to its position at the bottom of the catchment. Mitigations options are available and the Council is working with Natural England and the Environment Agency to develop these as part of an Annex to the NMP. Development will be required to be in accordance with this document which will be finalised before further allocations are approved. It can therefore be concluded that the plan will not compromise the delivery of the NMP targets and that it will not have an adverse effect on the integrity of the SAC through increasing phosphate inputs subject to the effective implementation of the NMP.  River Avon SAC (Abstraction) - Certain stretches of the River Avon SAC catchment are particularly sensitive to increasing levels of abstraction. Effects of allocations at Durrington could be significant, particularly when considered in combination with the effects of the Army Basing Programme. It is understood that a review of military and public water abstractions in this area is due to be carried out by the end of 2019, and that abstraction limits are likely to be tightened as a result. If this occurs, it is unlikely Wessex Water would be unable to supply the proposed development as an infrastructure solution would probably be implemented during the period 2021-257. It may therefore be concluded that the plan would

6 Please note this relates to the Hampshire Avon catchment in the south of the county, rather than the Bristol Avon catchment in the north of the county 7 Most likely to involve an extension to Wessex Water’s integrated grid to import water from Amesbury implemented as part of AMP7 20 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B not have an adverse effect on the integrity of the SAC through increased water abstraction. However it is recommended that the potential need for infrastructure improvements should be recognised in the supporting text to policies H3.5, H3.6 and H3.7.

 Bath and Bradford on Avon Bats SAC (Habitat Loss / Deterioration) - Several of the allocations at Trowbridge are within areas likely to be used by bat species which are features of this SAC. The allocations are likely to contain habitat features used by these species and development could lead to their deterioration through physical loss as well as lack of or inappropriate habitat management and higher ambient light levels. These effects become more significant when the effects of the plan are considered as a whole due to the potential for significant loss and deterioration at a landscape scale. It is recommended that the need to protect important habitat features is expressly stated in the relevant policies (H2.1, H2.2, H2.4, H2.5, and H2.6). The Council will also need to develop and implement a Trowbridge Recreation Management Mitigation Strategy before development comes forward to address the residual uncertainty, particularly due to effects of growth at a landscape scale. It may be concluded that the plan would not have an adverse effect on the integrity of the SAC through habitat loss / deterioration, subject to the implementation of these mitigation measures.  Bath and Bradford on Avon Bats SAC (Recreational Pressure) - Recent evidence has shown that housing expansion on the eastern edge of Trowbridge is generating increased visitor pressure at ancient woodlands which support an important colony of Bechstein’s bats associated with the SAC. Further allocations at the town could exacerbate this, particularly when considered in combination with planned growth such as the Ashton Park Urban Extension. The options closest to the woodlands, and therefore most likely to contribute to the number of visits, have been removed from the plan and the Council is currently preparing a Trowbridge Recreation Management Mitigation Strategy to address any residual effects in relation to this issue. It is therefore concluded that the plan would not have an adverse effect upon the SAC through increased recreational pressure, subject to the implementation of that mitigation strategy.

21 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 3 Climatic Factors

3.1 Baseline Information 3.1.1 The collection of baseline information ensures that the sustainability appraisal process is based on a sound evidence base and provides the basis for predicting and monitoring any environmental or sustainability effects that may be identified during the sustainability appraisal stages. It is made clear in the sustainability appraisal guidance that a practical approach to the collection of baseline information is essential as there are opportunities to update the sustainability appraisal work in the future. The planning authority is encouraged to use existing data sources rather than to undertake original research.

3.2 Introduction 3.2.1 Evidence for the existence of climate change is now overwhelming and there is no doubt that rises in global temperature is the result of increased human greenhouse gas emissions. Pre-industrial concentrations of atmospheric carbon dioxide (CO2) were 280 parts per million (ppm), whereas in 2005, values were 379 ppm. Furthermore, the hottest 10 years to be recorded have occurred since 1991 and in the same period global sea levels have risen by approximately 20cm.

3.3 Predicted Effect of Climate Change in the UK 3.3.1 The UK government published Climate Predictions in 2009 (UKCP09) and this includes detailed information on the most likely changes we will see in Wiltshire over the coming years, under a scenario of medium-level greenhouse gas emissions. This information represents the area’s best estimate for climatic changes. 3.3.2 These predictions, represent the average over a period of thirty years. That means that any extreme weather events will be excluded. UKCP09 is unable to calculate precisely what these will be, but predicts that their incidence and severity will increase.

Table 3-1

Source: Wiltshire Climate Change Adaptation Action Plan - Level 1 report, Appendix 4: Likely climate changes in Wiltshire (April 8 2010)

3.4 Climate Local Action Plan 3.4.1 Wiltshire Council are a signatory of the Climate Local Initiative, a successor to the Nottingham Declaration and 10:10 campaign. The initiative commits the council to continuing to identify ways of saving money on energy bills, attracting news jobs and investment, reducing flood risks and managing the impacts of extreme weather. As part of the initiative, we have developed a Climate Local Action Plan 3.4.2 There has been a series of unusual weather events, largely consistent with predictions of more frequent and extreme weather events due to climate change. In 2011, England had the warmest

8 http://www.wiltshire.gov.uk/wccap-level-1-report-appendix-4-likely-climate-changes.pdf 22 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B April and spring on record. It was also the second warmest autumn on record, with wildlife demonstrating spring-like behaviour in November due to the mild conditions. 3.4.3 The five major near-term weather variables in Wiltshire identified were:  excessive rainfall & flooding;  high wind speeds;  snow, ice and freezing conditions;  heatwaves and higher temperatures;  droughts and water shortages.

3.4.4 The winters of 2010/11 and 2011/12 were exceptionally dry, with rainfall below average in 16 out of 25 months up to April 2012. The Environment Agency declared a drought in parts of north and eastern Wiltshire in March 2012 and the remaining areas of Wiltshire in April 2012. Following the wettest April to June period on record in the UK, the drought order was lifted in June 2012.

3.5 Current Policy and Regulatory Framework 3.5.1 Under the Kyoto Protocol, the UK must reduce its greenhouse gas emissions by 12.5 % below 1990 levels over the 2008 to 2012 commitment period. However, in 1997, the UK committed to go beyond its Kyoto Protocol target by setting a national (or ‘domestic’) goal to reduce CO2 emissions by 20% below 1990 levels by 2010. 3.5.2 In the UK, two national policy drivers are particularly important. These are the Climate Change Act (2008)9, which sets a legally binding target to reduce carbon (an important GHG) emissions by at least 34 % by 2020 and the UK Renewable Energy Strategy (2009)10, which states that 15% of the energy we use should be derived from renewable sources by 2020 (within this target 30% of electricity should be derived from renewables and 12 % of heat).

3.6 Carbon Emissions in Wiltshire 3.6.1 Carbon dioxide makes up the largest proportion of greenhouse gas emissions in the UK, about 81% in 201511. Estimates of carbon dioxide emissions are published by the Department of Energy and Climate Change annually; the most recent figures for local areas are for 2015. 3.6.2 Between 2005 and 2015 total carbon dioxide emissions fell from 1610 to 1160 kilotonnes in Swindon Borough (28% decrease) and from 4427 to 3061 kilotonnes in Wiltshire (31% decrease). However, carbon dioxide emissions per capita in both Wiltshire and Swindon are higher than the regional and national figures, although they are following the same downward trend over time (see Table 3-6).

Table 3-2 - CO2 Emissions per Capita

12 Source: Wiltshire Intelligence Network

3.6.3 The higher level of emissions in Wiltshire appears to be due to higher than average use of energy in homes, with more homes using 'other fuels' (such as coal and oil, which have greater carbon dioxide emissions) and fewer using gas, as well as higher emissions from road transport, particularly A roads. This is likely to be because Wiltshire's population is highly dispersed, with about half living in rural areas. Many areas are not connected to the mains gas supply and private vehicles are the primary form of transport.

9 Climate Change Act (HM Government, 2008) 10 UK Renewable Energy Strategy (Department for Energy and Climate Change, 2009). 11 https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/604350/2015_Final_Emissions_statistics.pdf 12 http://www.intelligencenetwork.org.uk/environment/climate-change-and-energy/ 23 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 3.6.4 These figures do not include emissions from motorways, diesel railways, land use, land use change and forestry, which are considered to be outside the local authority’s scope of influence. Of these, the M4 motorway is the largest source of emissions in Wiltshire and Swindon.

3.7 Renewable Energy Production 3.7.1 Wiltshire Intelligence Network13 findings state that after several years of relatively slow growth in renewable energy production, there was a dramatic increase in 2011/12; the number of solar PV projects in Wiltshire and Swindon shot up from 347 in 2011 to 5,317 in 2012. Continued high growth in renewable electricity is predicted in the next few years as several large-scale projects, including land-based solar PV farms, are completed. 3.7.2 By contrast, in 2012, Wiltshire and Swindon had the lowest renewable heat capacity in the South West region. 3.7.3 According to the South West Renewable Energy Progress Report 201614 published by Regen SW, over the period 2015/16 the south west grew by 3GW of renewable energy capacity, with 538 MW of renewable electricity and 198.4511MW of renewable heat. With 128,080 renewable energy projects, the region now generates 15 per cent of its electricity demand from renewables and produces almost 1673 GWh of renewable heat.

Figure 3-1 - Geographical Spread of Renewable Energy Capacity Across the South West

Source: South West Renewable Energy Progress Report 2016

3.8 Potential Trowbridge District Energy/Heat Network 3.8.1 A specific opportunity has been identified in Trowbridge for delivering a district energy/ heat network. Three factors make this proposal especially attractive, which are:  A programme to substantially re-model County Hall, one of the main Wiltshire Council offices located close to the centre of Trowbridge is commencing in 2011  A new leisure campus may be developed on council owned land close to County Hall (this could provide an ‘anchor’ heat customer)  A number of sites have been identified through the Trowbridge Scoping and Vision Study (2010) which may be suitable for redevelopment. Connecting these sites to an energy/ heat network in Trowbridge may help to improve the overall viability of a scheme.

3.9 Climate Change Mitigation 3.9.1 According to the Stern Review, commissioned by the UK Chancellor of the Exchequer to examine the economics of climate change, the overall cost of climate change will be equal to losing between 5

13 http://www.intelligencenetwork.org.uk/environment/climate-change-and-energy/ 14 https://www.regensw.co.uk/renewable-energy-progress-reports 24 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B and 20 % of global GDP, per year. However, if strong action is taken in the short term, the annual cost of mitigating climate change could be reduced to around 1 % of global GDP. 3.9.2 Climate change mitigation will require taking strong action to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. This should be viewed as an investment, incurred now and in the coming few decades, to avoid the very severe consequences of climate change in the future. 3.9.3 Climate change mitigation measures can be targeted at every sector of the economy, and include:  reducing the need to travel by motor vehicles and the length of journeys;  increasing the proportion of energy produced by renewable sources;  designing buildings to meet changing seasonal weather patterns, for example increased summer temperatures and heavier winter rainfall;  designing buildings in a more sustainable way, for example being more energy and water efficient and making use of more local materials;  reducing flood risk and reducing the risk of storm surges;  tighter building regulations;  increased levels of microgeneration (that is embedded photovoltaic solar cells on roofs, heat pumps, micro-combined heat and power plants, or small-scale wind turbine generators);  a stricter emissions cap for industry;  measures to encourage the uptake of biofuels in petrol; and  a renewed emphasis on encouraging and enabling the general public, businesses and public authorities to help achieve the government’s targets.

3.9.4 A number of key issues highlight the need for Wiltshire to reduce carbon emissions and deliver an increased level of renewable energy. These include:  Wiltshire’s per capita carbon emissions are greater than for either the South West or for the UK15. In the period from 2005 to 2007 the emissions in Wiltshire went up (by approximately 3.1 %) whereas for the South West overall they went down (by approximately 2.1 %); local carbon emissions have been steadily declining from 2007 to 2011 (achieving a 23% decline from 2005 to 20111), however per capita emissions remain 16 higher than those for the South West .  In 2015, there were 23,965 fuel poor households in Wiltshire, making up 11.8% of all 17 households; this is similar to the figure for the South West of 11.4% .

3.9.5 The Wiltshire Sustainable Energy Planning Study18 assessed the potential for a range of renewable energy technologies across Wiltshire including large scale technologies such as wind, biomass, hydro and solar arrays. The Study concluded that there is potential for almost 30 % of the projected electricity demand in 2020 and over 9 % of the projected heat demand in 2020, to be derived from renewables in Wiltshire. The report suggests that an installed capacity of almost 367 MW would be needed to meet this level of electricity to be supplied from renewable. Remodelling of private sector house condition survey data using BRE Housing Stock 19 Models to provide information for each Community Area in Wiltshire (October 2010)

3.9.6 Generally the housing stock in Wiltshire is better than the national average. The number of ‘non decent’ homes is greatest in rural areas. There are pockets of fuel poverty throughout Wiltshire. The percentage of households in fuel poverty is greatest in South West Wiltshire followed by the Pewsey Community Area.

15 Local and regional CO2 emissions estimates for 2005 - 2008 – Full dataset (DECC, 2010) 16 https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/local-authority-emissions-estimates 17 https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/sub-regional-fuel-poverty-data-2017 18 http://www.wiltshire.gov.uk/planninganddevelopment/planningpolicy/planningpolicyevidencebase/wiltshiresustainableenergystudy.htm

25 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Figure 3-2 - Percentage of Private Sector Dwellings in Fuel Poverty

3.10 Climate Change Adaptation 3.10.1 Some climate change impacts over the next few decades will be unavoidable. Mitigation measures can only reduce the severity of climate change in the long term. Government and business therefore have a responsibility to strike a balance between investing in the cost of climate change adaptation and absorbing the cost of climate change impacts. 3.10.2 The Parliamentary Office of Science and Technology has set out examples of climate change adaptation, these include:  reducing vulnerability. For example, by screening infrastructure proposals for climate risk;  improving disaster preparedness and recovery;  improving information available about the likely impacts and its dissemination;  taking action that is cheaper to do now than later. This might include modifying the design of long life investments like buildings;  taking action that has early benefits. Since the disadvantaged are often worst affected, investing in healthcare, economic development and education can help communities prepare for climate change as well as having inherent benefits avoiding irreversible damage, such as the loss of unique ecosystems; and  avoiding foreclosing future options.

3.10.3 At the local level research has been undertaken to inform the preparation of a Wiltshire Council Climate Change Adaptation Plan20. It has been predicted, for example, that by 2050 Wiltshire will experience hotter summers with an increase in average summer temperature of between 1.1 – 5.4°C on the current average summer temperature. Average winter temperatures are also set to rise with an expected increase of between 0.9 - 3.8 °C on that which is currently experienced. Total annual rainfall is unlikely to change, however, the patterns of rainfall could shift with total summer rainfall likely to decrease by around 20% and winter rainfall predicted to rise by around 15%. ; this is based on the scenario developed by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) and

20 Wiltshire climate change adaptation plan (Wiltshire Council, 2012). 26 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B uses the United Kingdom Climate Projections 09 (UKCP09) tool developed by the Met Office Hadley Centre. 3.10.4 A review of best practice reveals four areas where planning policy can influence resilience to climate change, which are:  Managing high temperatures;  Managing flood risk;  Managing water resource and water quality; and  Managing ground conditions.

3.11 Ecological Footprint 3.11.1 The ecological footprint measurement is a technique for calculating global sustainability. A ‘sustainable’ ecological footprint has been calculated at 1.9 global hectares per person; which is described as the maximum footprint allowance without depriving future generations, anything above this is therefore unsustainable. 3.11.2 The ecological footprint for Wiltshire is higher than the average value for the UK of 4.64, both of which are significantly greater than the average global ecological footprint (Figure 3). Any future effort directed at climate change adaptation and mitigation, such as reducing the use of non-renewable energy and reducing vehicle journeys will help reduce the ecological footprint for Wiltshire.

Table 3-3 - Ecological Footprint 2006

27 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 4 Economy and Enterprise

4.1 Baseline Information 4.1.1 The collection of baseline information ensures that the Sustainability Appraisal process is based on a sound evidence base and provides the basis for predicting and monitoring any environmental or sustainability effects that may be identified during the Sustainability Appraisal stages. It is made clear in the Sustainability Appraisal guidance that a practical approach to the collection of baseline information is essential as there are opportunities to update the Sustainability Appraisal work in the future. The planning authority is encouraged to use existing data sources rather than to undertake original research. 4.1.2 Economy and enterprise is a key topic area of significance to both the LDF process and to sustainability more generally. 4.1.3 The local authority area for Wiltshire contains three Principal Settlements, as set out in the Wiltshire Core Strategy (2015); these are Chippenham, Salisbury and Trowbridge and should be the focus of both housing and employment development in the future. However, there is clearly a strong relationship with other Principal Settlements in neighbouring authorities, such as Bath, Bristol and Swindon.

4.2 Employment Sectors 4.2.1 In Wiltshire the proportion of manufacturing related employment has dropped slightly over the past few years and it is now slightly under the South West figures but still above the national average. This is indicative of the nature of businesses in Wiltshire. Strategies for Wiltshire have consistently looked to increase higher skilled employment opportunities in Wiltshire, finance, IT and other business activities. The sector with the highest proportion of employment opportunities is the services sector and the proportion of services related employment in Wiltshire has increased from 80.3% in 2007 to 84.3% in 2012, still below the national average but slightly above South West figures.

Table 4-1 – Employment by Occupation (April 2016 – March 2017) Sector Wiltshire Wiltshire % South West % Great Britain % (employee jobs)

Soc 2010 major 123, 500 49.5 45.3 45.5 group 1-3 1 Managers, 34,300 13.7 11.6 10.7 directors and senior officials 2 Professional 51,200 20.5 19.2 20.4 occupations 3 Associate 38,000 15.2 14.5 14.2 professional & technical Soc 2010 major 53,100 21.3 21.9 20.7 group 4-5 4 Administrative & 25,100 10.0 10.27 10.2 secretarial

5 Skilled trades 28,000 11.2 11.74 10.4 occupations

Soc 2010 major 37,900 15.2 16.3 16.7 group 6-7

28 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 6 Caring, leisure 21,100 8.4 9.0 9.1 and Other Service occupations

7 Sales and 16,800 6.7 7.3 7.5 customer service occs Soc 2010 major 35,000 14.0 16.4 17.1 group 8-9

8 Process plant & 13,000 5.2 5.8 6.3 machine operatives 9 Elementary 22,100 8.8 10.6 10.7 occupations Source: Nomis 2017

4.3 Employment Opportunities 4.3.1 The employment rate in Wiltshire during the period April 2016 to March 2017 was 81.2%, above both the regional and national averages (77.6% and 74.2%) and above the 2016 figure of 80% (Nomis 2017). 4.3.2 In recent years the population of parts of Wiltshire has grown substantially, although this has generally not been matched by increases in employment opportunities. Consequently, out commuting has increased. Wiltshire has a low number of jobs compared to the number of resident working people: 0.9 jobs per person as compared to 0.97 jobs per person nationally, and so people are inclined to commute out of the area. (JSA for Wiltshire 2012/13) 4.3.3 In 2009, 1,715 business start-ups were recorded in Wiltshire against a total business base of 19,915. This is a start-up rate of 8.6% for the county and is broadly in line with that recorded for the whole South West region (8.7%). In contrast, business start-up rates across the UK were higher at 10.1%. In total, 2005 businesses closed in Wiltshire, a rate of 10.1%, which is lower than that experienced regionally (10.9%) and nationally (UK, 11.92%) this overall loss can be accounted for by the impact on the recession on the economy. The net loss between start-ups and closures was only 1.5% compared to 2.2% for the region21.

Table 4-2 - Business Demography: Enterprise Births, Deaths & Survivals - Period: 201522 Variable Measure Wiltshire South West England

Births (Enterprises) Count 2,550 26,155 344,385

Deaths (Enterprises) Count 1,920 19,415 223,120 Source: Office for National Statistics Last Updated: 2015

4.4 Economic Activity 4.4.1 The economic activity rate is a good indicator of the health of the labour market in an area. Persons are economically active if they are either employed or unemployed in a particular period. Economically active people can thus be defined as those who supply or want to supply their labour to produce goods and services for the economy. 4.4.2 The economic activity rate in Wiltshire for the period April 2016 to March 2017 was 84.5%, slightly lower that the 2007 figure (82.5%), but above both the regional (80.8%) and national (78.0%) averages (see Table 4-11 - Key figures for economic deprivation).

21 Business start-up and closure rates, Wiltshire Council 2010 22 https://www.ons.gov.uk/businessindustryandtrade/changestobusiness/businessbirthsdeathsandsurvivalrates 29 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 4.4.3 In terms of economic inactivity in Wiltshire for the period April 2016 to March 2017, 33.2% of inactive people wanted a job, slightly less than in 2016 but a larger proportion than the regional (26.7%) and national (23.8%) averages. As with employment rates, unemployment is low in Wiltshire (as discussed further below) as is economic inactivity compared with the south west and the national picture.

Table 4-3 - Economic inactivity in Wiltshire April 2016-March 2017 Wiltshire Wiltshire (%) South West (%) Great Britain (%) (level)

All People 44,600 15.5 19.2 22.0 Total

Student 9,400 21.0 26.3 26.3

looking after family/home 8,700 19.4 20.8 24.7

Temporary sick # # 2.3 2.0

Long term sick 11,800 26.4 20.7 22.1

discouraged ! ! 0.5 0.4

retired 6,800 15.2 16.8 13.4

other 5,800 13.1 12.7 11.1

Wants a job 14,800 33.2 26.7 23.8

Does not want a job 29,800 66.8 73.3 76.2

Source: Nomis 2017

4.5 Unemployment 4.5.1 In the period from April 2016 to March 2017, 3.2% of Wiltshire’s population was unemployed, lower than both the average for the South West and for Great Britain (respectively 3.9% and 4.7%) and lower than the 2016 rate. 4.5.2 According to the JSA for Wiltshire 2012/13, unemployment levels in Wiltshire rose significantly during the recession, particularly male unemployment. However, overall rates have been much lower than those found nationally and amongst neighbouring counties. Unemployment levels were expected to continue to increase in the short-term as the level of people being made redundant, particularly from the public sector, outstrips the capacity of the private sector to provide new jobs. The effective support of those made redundant to gain new skills and to re- train is therefore important and new programmes will be required. High NEET and youth unemployment rates, however, are of major concern. Employment opportunities for those under 25 years old have been limited due to competition from more experienced workers released into the labour market as the economy has restructured.

4.6 Claimant Count 4.6.1 The Claimant Count is based on the number of people claiming Jobseekers Allowance (JSA) and is taken from monthly records. Claimant Count rates express the number of JSA claimants as a percentage of working age people in an area. The Claimant Count for Wiltshire in August 2017 was

30 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 0.9%, below both the regional (1.3%) and national (1.9%) averages. 4.6.2 There is a difference between the claimant count rate and the unemployment rate, representing a few thousand working age people who could possibly be regarded as part of the ‘hidden unemployed’. The ‘hidden unemployed’ do not claim or may not be entitled to Jobseekers Allowance (JSA) and are therefore excluded from official unemployment statistics that are based on the Claimant Count.

Table 4-4 - Key Figures for Economic Deprivation Wiltshire South West England

Economic Activity Rate; Aged 16-64 ( Apr12-Mar13) % 80.2 78.8 77.3

Employment Rate; Aged 16-64 ( Apr12-Mar13) % 74.6 73.9 71.1

Unemployment Rate; Aged 16-64 ( Apr12-Mar13) % 5.3 6 7.8

All People of Working Age Claiming a Key Benefit % 10 13 15 (Aug 2010)

Jobseeker's Allowance Claimants (Aug 2010) % 2 2 4

Incapacity Benefits Claimants (Aug 2010) % 4 6 7

New Personal Insolvencies (Jan11-Dec11) Rate per 10000 26.4 30.4 26.7

Source: Office for National Statistics; Insolvency Service

4.6.3 According to the JSA for Wiltshire, claimant count levels across all three geographies rose sharply from the summer of 2008 as the economic downturn took hold. The highest levels were experienced during 2009 and early 2010, with levels dropping since then  Wiltshire claimant count levels are consistently below those found in the South West and England, although the trends experienced since the onset of the recession have mirrored them. The local economy is, therefore, closely tied into the general cycle of trends, but it has demonstrated its overall resilience through rates being appreciably lower.  The claimant count amongst the young is a concern with 30.3% of all claimants falling into the 18-24 age bracket. This is higher than that experienced regionally and across England. It is even more acutely felt by young men in Wiltshire at 31.3% who are also more likely to be claiming for over six months, compared to females and males across the three geographic areas.

4.7 Commercial Property in Wiltshire 4.7.1 During the period May 2007 to May 2008, the overall availability of office floor space within Wiltshire increased by 8.52% from a total of 545,107 sq ft to 591,569 sq ft; whilst the number of individual units available actually fell from 146 to 124. At District level, the picture was more mixed with Salisbury District seeing quite a dramatic rise in the availability of office premises (69.65%) and North Wiltshire also experiencing a significant increase (10.83%), whilst Kennet and West Wiltshire both witnessed quite a sharp decline in the availability of office premises (44.46% and 20.49% respectively). 4.7.2 The sharp rise in office premises availability seen in Salisbury between May 2007 and May 2008 can be principally attributed to the entrance of 66,062 sq ft of floor space coming onto the market at Solstice Park and 23,641 sq ft of floor space becoming available at Minton Distribution Park in Amesbury. 4.7.3 Between May 2007 and May 2008, the number of industrial units available across Wiltshire fell quite sharply from 201 to 139, with total available industrial floor space falling from 1,043,356 sq ft to

31 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 809,003 sq ft; which is a 22.46% decrease. This trend was matched at District level, with the availability of industrial premises falling by 71.01% in Kennet, 28.07% in West Wiltshire, 25.68% in Salisbury, and by 6.53% in North Wiltshire. 4.7.4 During the period Spring 2007 to Spring 2008, average commercial rents for office premises rose quite sharply in Salisbury by 19.92% (from £7.28 per sq ft to £8.73 per sq ft). Average commercial rents for office premises rose more modestly in both Chippenham and Trowbridge, with rises of 1.82% (from £7.70 per sq ft to £7.84 per sq ft) and 1.63% (from £9.23 per sq ft to £9.38 per sq ft) respectively. In contrast, the average commercial rent figure for office premises in Devizes fell across the Spring 2007 – Spring 2008 period by 2.97%, from £9.23 per sq ft to £9.38 per sq ft.Tourism in Wiltshire 4.7.5 The baseline data for this section is derived from Visit Wiltshire's 'regional value of tourism in the UK: 2013’ 4.7.6 The South West region has one of the highest proportions of their economic output that can be directly attributed to tourism spend (4.5% ) in Britain, only outpaced by Wales (4.9%), However within the South West region, after Gloucestershire, Wiltshire is the County in the south west with the least number of visits and that with the lowest visitor spend. 4.7.7 Key facts about tourism in Wiltshire23:  2015 was another record year for Wiltshire tourism, the fourth record year in a row. Staying visits, visitor spend and economic impact are all at record levels.  Wiltshire’s visitor economy is worth £1.53bn (+4%) per annum and supports over 29,000 jobs.  Tourism contributes £860m GVA per annum to Wiltshire’s economy.  Mainly driven by a reduction in the number of short-stay day visitors, the total number of visitors to Wiltshire in 2015 was down 1.5% to 19.6m visitors.  Wiltshire attracted a record 1.84m staying visitors in 2015 (+5%), spending a record £368m (+4%).  Total annual tourism business turnover and GVA have increased by 35% since 2011 to £1,530m and £860m respectively.  Wiltshire’s 17.7 million day visits generated £668m in day visitor expenditure.

4.7.8 In 2016, the total number of nights spent in Wiltshire was around 20.14 million. The total visitor related spend was £1.34 billion24. 4.7.9 It is important that any future growth in the tourism sector is sustainable. The Tourism Strategy for the South West Towards 2015, Shaping Tomorrow’s Tourism suggests that quality should be placed as a priority over quantity. In this way the value of visitors to the region should grow rather than just the volume.

4.8 Earnings and Commuting 4.8.1 As shown in Table 4.14, Wiltshire has a high proportion of people of working age in employment compared to the national average. 4.8.2 According to the JSA for Wiltshire 2012/13, The largest cohort of the economically inactive in the county is the retired at 28.4% which is significantly higher than across the South West (21.3%) and Great Britain 16.9%)2. The county has an ageing population which, coupled with a below average number of people working in the care sector and services, is a concern. 4.8.3 Wiltshire has a much higher proportion of people (49.2%) employed as managers, professionals and associate professionals than that found regionally (42.7%) and nationally (43.3% GB). As a result, it also has a much higher proportion of working age residents qualified to NVQ 3 and above than found regionally and across Great Britain. Overall, the number of residents at all qualification levels at NVQ1 or above exceeds those found across the South West and nationally. 4.8.4 With a higher than average education and higher skilled occupation profile, the average earnings of

23 https://www.visitwiltshire.co.uk/dbimgs/Value%20of%20Tourism%20-%20Economic%20Impact%20Highlights%202015.pdf 24 https://www.visitbritain.org/nation-region-county-data 32 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B residents is also higher, particularly for males. However, the reverse is the case when earnings by workplace are considered. This is due to out-commuting by the higher skilled residents to better paid jobs in surrounding towns and cities.

Table 4-5 - Earnings by Residence (2016) Wiltshire (pounds) South West (pounds) Great Britain (pounds)

Gross weekly pay Full-time workers 522.3 513.2 541.0 Male full-time workers 567.3 557.3 581.2 Female full-time workers 458.5 445.0 481.1

Hourly pay - excluding overtime

Full-time workers 13.08 12.80 13.66 Male full-time workers 13.64 13.47 14.25 Female full-time workers 12.21 11.78 12.84 Source: Nomis 2017

Table 4-6 - Earnings by Workplace (2013) Wiltshire South West Great Britain (pounds) (pounds) (pounds)

Gross weekly pay

Full-time workers 475.4 480.0 517.8

Male full-time workers 513.3 519.9 558.3

Female full-time workers 413.6 421.4 459.6 Hourly pay - excluding overtime

Full-time workers 11.64 12.07 13.07

Male full-time workers 12.31 12.77 13.66

Female full-time workers 10.95 11.15 12.26 Source: Nomis 2013

4.8.5 The pattern of out commuting in professional services in Wiltshire is reflected in these indicators where people in residence earn higher than the national average where as by work place the result for Wiltshire is lower than the national average. Overall there is significantly less people on job seeker allowance in Wiltshire than the national average.

33 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Figure 4-1 - Outward Commuting flows from Wiltshire Residents in 2011

25 Source: Office for National Statistics

4.9 Deprivation 4.9.1 Our county is diverse with great wealth alongside areas of deprivation. We have a large retired population, our children are at a median for achievement at school and overall are reasonably healthy away from deprived areas. However, the deprivation in urban areas is clearly visible, especially in our market towns. This contrasts sharply with the hidden deprivation in our rural areas where there are high levels of poverty and very limited access to services. 4.9.2 Significant areas of Wiltshire are in the 5% most deprived in England. In urban areas, four wards in Swindon experience very high levels of deprivation and there are two areas in the Wiltshire Local Authority that are in the 5% most deprived, Trowbridge Adcroft and Salisbury Bemerton. 4.9.3 Rural poverty is hidden but significant. The cost of living in rural areas is significantly higher than in urban areas. Housing is less affordable and services are harder to access. The distance to the nearest shop is often much further and the cost of basic services often higher. 4.9.4 Deprived people do not necessarily live in deprived areas. The majority of people claiming benefits do not live in areas identified as disadvantaged. Pockets of serious deprivation exist within apparently wealthy communities, but are statistically invisible and therefore services and facilities are not provided for them.

Table 4-7 Average IMD Score by Area Board: Wiltshire Uncovered Report 2014

Average IMD Score by Area Board26

Trowbridge 80.10 Pewsey 55.11 Salisbury 74.55 Chippenham 55.00 South West Wiltshire 67.83 Amesbury 54.79

Westbury 63.27 Corsham 50.74

Melksham 61.32 Calne 50.43

Devizes 59.64 Southern Wiltshire 48.59

Tidworth 58.46 Marlborough 48.09

25 http://www.neighbourhood.statistics.gov.uk/HTMLDocs/Commute_APS_Chart/APS_2010_11.html 26 Wiltshire Uncovered Report 2014 34 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Warminster 58.03 Malmesbury 38.29 Bradford on Avon 56.37 Royal Wootton Bassett & Cricklade 38.24

4.9.5 The JSA for Wiltshire 2012/13 provides an update following the publication the Indices of Deprivation 2010 (ID2010) Whilst Wiltshire continues to compare favourably against the national benchmark, the county has seen an increase in relative deprivation since the ID 2004. 4.9.6 For the first time, Wiltshire now has one LSOA in the 10% most severely deprived in England; Salisbury St Martin - central. This area is now also in the 10% most deprived in England with regards to health deprivation and disability. 4.9.7 The ID 2010 indicates that the total number of income deprived people in Wiltshire was around 39,100 as at 2008. This represents an increase from around 6.9% of the total population for the ID 2004 to 8.6% of the population for the ID 2010. The majority of this increase took place between the ID 2004 and 2007 i.e. between the years 2001 and 2005 and so prior to the onset of the recession. 4.9.8 The percentage of children under 20 years of age living in poverty in Wiltshire has stabilised at 10.6% in 2012 and 2013 after having shown a gradual reduction since 2009. Between 2009 - 2013 (the most recent data available), proportional levels of children living in low income families in Wiltshire have remained below that reported both regionally and nationally.

Figure 4-2 Percentage of Children in Low Income Families: JSA 2013

4.9.9 According to the latest figures from the HMRC (2013), 10.6% of children and young persons aged 20 years or below in Wiltshire are living in low income families. This is equivalent to 10,770 children and young people across the county. Calne, Devizes, Melksham, Salisbury, Trowbridge and Westbury Community Areas experienced higher proportional levels of children living in low income families than that across Wiltshire in 2013 whilst Amesbury, Malmesbury, Marlborough, Pewsey, Southern Wiltshire, Tisbury and Wilton experienced lower levels.

35 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Figure 4-3 Percentage of Children in Low Income Families in Wiltshire Community Areas: JSA 2013

4.10 The Swindon and Wiltshire LEP - Strategic Economic Plan March 27 2014 4.10.1 The Swindon and Wiltshire Strategic Economic Plan (SEP) sets out a vision and a transformational economic growth programme for the Swindon and Wiltshire areas. By 2026, the LEP want Swindon and Wiltshire to be recognised as one of the UK’s leading hubs of innovation, home to more world- class businesses and entrepreneurs, with a digital infrastructure second to none and a thriving network of Higher Education centres. Thai aim is for the area to be known as the heart of the British Army where new Garrison Town communities have expanded sustainably to accommodate returning troops and where investment by the Military has generated significant new economic opportunities. 4.10.2 The SEP has been developed over an intensive six-month period and builds on a considerable amount of work undertaken by the LEP, the Unitary Authorities and other local stakeholders. The LEP consulted widely with local business to understand their needs and developed a large body of evidence to understand the local opportunities and barriers to economic growth. 4.10.3 The LEP are bidding for £275m of Local Growth Funding between 2015/16 and 2020/21 to bring forward existing growth plans, and to capitalise on a number of exciting new opportunities. 4.10.4 In 2015/16, the call on the Local Growth Fund is £44.7m to deliver projects worth £719m with local public sector contributions of £41m and over £522m of private sector investment leveraged. The total call on the Local Growth Fund for these projects to 2021 is £152.4m. The projects where delivery can start in 2015/16 are:

Swindon:  Eastern Villages Infrastructure  Sustainable Energy  Sustainable Transport (LSTF)

A350 Corridor:  A429 Malmesbury Access Improvements

27 http://www.swlep.biz/resources/document635319476627486000.pdf 36 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B  Corsham Digital Community  Chippenham: Langley Park; Transport Package; A350 North  Bypass Improvemens  Melksham Growth Strategy  Trowbridge Transport Package  Westbury Bypass Feasibility  Connecting Wiltshire (LSTF)

South Wiltshire:  Porton Science Park  Salisbury Transport Package

Skills:  Creating Growth through Knowledge (City Deal)  Swindon College – Sustainable Technologies  Wiltshire College – Salisbury Campus  Wiltshire College – Lackham Campus

4.10.5 The main aim of the LEP is to promote Swindon and Wiltshire as the perfect location for businesses to develop and thrive. To achieve this, the LEP priorities include:  Encouraging inward investment  Stimulating growth in the local economy  Creating jobs and skills  Building upon the existing economic infrastructure

4.10.6 The LEP have identified three growth zones where there is greatest capacity to support sustainable future growth:  Swindon – where our Growth Deal will focus on the Town Centre, Wichelstowe and the New Eastern Villages;  A350 Corridor – where our Growth Deal will focus on supporting growth around Malmesbury, Corsham, Chippenham, Melksham and Trowbridge;  South Wiltshire – focusing on Porton, Salisbury and our Garrison Towns.

4.11 Economic Impact of the Economic Downturn in Wiltshire 4.11.1 An update report was published in May 2011 entitled ‘Economic impact of the economic downturn in Wiltshire’. This report presents the findings from an ongoing analysis which monitors and explores the economic impact of the 2008 UK and global economic ‘downturn’ on, and across, the Wiltshire economy. 4.11.2 The analysis explores both the Wiltshire workplace economy (and its constituent workplace sub- economies) and also its resident-based economy (and its constituent resident-based sub- economies). However, this update does not cover the widespread redundancies which appear to have occurred at the end of the 2010/2011 financial year. Many of these redundancies will be the result of the large-scale UK Government cuts to public services announced through 2010, and which are often timed to coincide with funding and financial planning regimes, most of which conform to the financial year.

Workplace Economy Impact 4.11.3 Driven almost exclusively by Services as opposed to Blue Collar sectors, 2010 marked a period of good recovery in the Wiltshire workplace economy with the area recovering approximately one third of the ground it lost from the Downturn in 2008 and 2009. However, the impact of the Downturn has still 37 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B left Wiltshire workplaces with a (net) total of 4,500 people less at the end of 2010 than they had at the end of 2007 (a 2.2% decline). Wiltshire’s GVA has declined by around 5% as a result of the Downturn. 4.11.4 Overall, the Wiltshire workplace economy appears, so far at least, to have been slightly worse affected by the economic Downturn than Great Britain, but significantly worse affected than the South West, which appears to have weathered the Downturn reasonably well (at least compared nationally). 4.11.5 Within Wiltshire, the ongoing effects of the Downturn have been felt almost exclusively in the West Wiltshire workplace economy. Of the 3 remaining pre-2009 district economies of Kennet, North Wiltshire and Salisbury, these workplace economies have managed to at least stabilise (if not recover somewhat), since the end of 2009. 4.11.6 The most affected workplace economies within Wiltshire continue to be Trowbridge, Salisbury, Westbury and Corsham. The remaining urban areas of Wiltshire have been recovering or stabilising (such as Chippenham, Melksham, Wootton Bassett, Warminster and Calne) or indeed have managed to weather the Downturn relatively well throughout (Amesbury, Devizes, Marlborough and Pewsey). The rural workplaces of the former districts of North and West Wiltshire also continue to be affected by the Downturn, certainly more than the rural areas of Kennet and Salisbury, which appear little affected by the Downturn overall.

Resident Economy Impact 4.11.7 In December 2007, Wiltshire had around 2,300 claimant unemployed, equivalent to 0.8% of the WAP. Three years later Wiltshire unemployment had risen to 1.9% of the WAP, a rise of 3,200 (1.6%). 4.11.8 The impact of the downturn occurred most significantly in Wiltshire (as regionally and nationally) through 2008 and 2009. In 2010, however, there was substantial recovery in the resident economy of Wiltshire (again, as with regionally and nationally). 4.11.9 The good progress of recovery of Wiltshire in 2010 has once again helped to open a slight gap between its (lower) rate of unemployment and that of the region, and to restore the traditional gap between the Wiltshire (lower) rate and the national rate. The previous downturn update showed that both these gaps were under threat of closing. 4.11.10 Within Wiltshire, unemployment volume increases tend to reflect the relative size of the resident population in general. For example, claimant unemployment volumes have risen most in Trowbridge, Chippenham and Salisbury. However, absolute percentage changes in unemployment tend to be highest in those Community Areas where claimant unemployment volumes are traditionally the lowest. It is also noticeable that these Community Areas are, in general, characterised by relatively low levels of indigenous workplace employment activity and high net out-commuting and a location of the periphery of Wiltshire. 4.11.11 In total, it is estimated that Wiltshire earnings fell from £5,551 million in December 2007 to £5,493 million in December 2010, a volume loss of around £58 million, and equivalent to a decline of 1.0%. The Wiltshire earning loss is less than that experienced regionally, which saw a 1.2% decline in earnings, and quite substantially lower than that seen nationally, a 1.5% decrease. 4.11.12 The nature of job losses across Wiltshire, in terms of broad skills levels at least, has been in line with trends seen nationally and regionally; around 30% of losses are skilled jobs and around 70% are unskilled jobs. West Wiltshire has displayed the largest share of skilled job losses, whilst North Wiltshire has displayed the lowest share of skilled job losses. In fact, the North Wiltshire economy, with its relatively small percentage of skilled losses and commensurately larger proportion of unskilled losses, stands out from the general trends seen across the rest of Wiltshire, and also nationally and regionally. 4.11.13 By gender, the nature of job losses across Wiltshire overall has also been broadly in line with trends seen nationally and regionally; just over two thirds of downturn losses are males and just less than one third are females. The nature of job losses by age across Wiltshire has also been broadly in line with trends seen nationally and regionally with around one quarter of losses being young people (aged 16 to 24), three fifths or so being middle-aged (aged 25 to 49), and one fifth being older (aged over 50). Within Wiltshire, the highest proportions of young people job losses were experienced in Wootton Bassett, Amesbury, Marlborough, Pewsey and Tisbury. Devizes is notable for having a very low proportion of younger job losses. 4.11.14 In terms of changes in the duration of unemployment, of Wiltshire’s total change in unemployed since the end of 2007, some 74% of the change in unemployed comprises shorter term unemployed and 38 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 27% is longer term unemployed. Such proportions are almost identical to those displayed by the South West region as a whole, but slightly different to those nationally, where a somewhat lower proportion of the change in unemployed is shorter term and somewhat more are longer term.

4.12 Economic Impacts of the Military Changes in Wiltshire 4.12.1 Military personnel in Wiltshire presently constitute around 3.2% of the total population and including dependents the total is estimated to be around 30,000 (6.4%). This total is expected to increase over the next five years. Military personnel and dependants are estimated to constitute over 20% of the total population in Tidworth, Bulford, Durrington, Upavon, Warminster East, Lyneham, Nettleton and Colerne wards, with this figure reaching 75% in Tidworth. The population in the most strongly military-influenced wards is dominated by younger adults (particularly males) and these areas also show higher than average proportions of pre-school and primary school children. 4.12.2 A significant change to Wiltshire’s military population was announced by the MOD on 5th March 2013. This outlined the future basing of the British Army and confirmed a growth of 4,000 military personnel within the Salisbury Plain area. By 2020, the Army will be predominantly UK-based, with the ‘Reaction Forces’ centred in the Salisbury Plain Training Area. 4.12.3 The military presence in Wiltshire is set to undergo a number of changes in the period to 2030. There is a need to accommodate troops being repatriated from Germany as parts of the German defence estate are closed and to improve affordability, with the aim to concentrate personnel on fewer, larger sites that can better deliver military capability. 4.12.4 RAF Lyneham in North Wiltshire is currently the largest RAF base in the South West region, but will be closing in its current form in 2012 with all personnel and functions transferring to RAF Brize Norton in Oxfordshire. The site is being considered for military re-use as a main operating base for Joint Helicopter Command, although no decision on this had been made at the time of writing. 4.12.5 In a third major change, the army headquarters currently based at Wilton and Upavon merged in 2008 to form the new HQ Land Forces. The personnel associated with this combined organisation will be relocating to Andover, Hampshire. The site at Upavon is most likely to be retained for military use, while the Wilton site is classified as disposal and is therefore expected to be released.

4.13 Wiltshire Workspace and Employment Land Strategy (2009/10) 4.13.1 Commissioned by the Wiltshire Strategic Economic Partnership and undertaken by DTZ, the Wiltshire Workspace and Employment land Strategy (WWELS) provides a market facing assessment of the demand for and supply of employment land, sites and premises in the Wiltshire sub-region. The WWELS quantifies the level and type of employment land and sites and premises required in Wiltshire to support the continuation of strong economic growth over the period to 2026. It is an essential piece of evidence to support the economic strategy within the Wiltshire core strategy. 4.13.2 The Strategy identifies growth of 27,570` jobs across Wiltshire over the plan period (of which 10,900 will be delivered in South Wiltshire). A total of 178 hectares of new employment land is proposed across Wiltshire (including approximately 50 hectares within South Wiltshire). This is in addition to that already committed (built out or planned for) since 2006 and will provide a range of sites and choice of locations across Wiltshire. The Strategy seeks to balance the geographical benefits that attract employment development to Wiltshire and the economic potential of individual places within Wiltshire 4.13.3 WWELS focuses on understanding the role of the principal settlements, namely:  Chippenham, Salisbury and Trowbridge and of market towns and a wider range of economic activity in rural areas; and  it considers the role of town centres in accommodating employment uses, including exploration of more innovative options.

4.13.4 Although the WWELS was developed within the framework provided by the draft South West Regional Spatial Strategy, the analysis about individual places remains relevant, as the focus of the Draft RSS on Strategically Significant Cities and Towns (SSCTs) identified Chippenham, Salisbury and Trowbridge as locations with an existing concentration of businesses where there is a realistic ambition to deliver new strategic opportunities for employment. 4.13.5 The overall scale of new development which the document considered appropriate at these

39 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B settlements was:  Chippenham between 30.5 and 39 ha  Salisbury between 30.5 and 39 ha  Trowbridge between 29.0 and 37 ha

4.13.6 WWELS also identified those market towns with the potential to accommodate employment land based on their location, access, existing level of employment provision and levels of vacancy in the existing stock. These were Amesbury, Calne, Devizes, Melksham, Warminster, Westbury and Wootton Bassett. Within these towns it was considered between 73 and 98ha of additional employment land should be provided. 4.13.7 The WWELS study identified that other market towns had an important local employment role and supported their surrounding rural areas. These included Bradford on Avon, Corsham, Cricklade, Downton, Malmesbury, Marlborough, Mere, Pewsey, Tidworth, Tisbury, and Wilton. These were not considered appropriate for large scale employment growth. Lyneham, Porton Down and Ludgershall were also considered by the WWELS study, and were identified as being dominated by defence related activity and therefore required separate consideration. 4.13.8 In addition to assessing economic role of places within Wiltshire and their potential to contribute to the wider Wiltshire economy, the WWELS also assessed the theoretical demand for employment land in Wiltshire. This comprised an allowance for future job growth (94.6 ha), an allowance for change in the existing employment stock (76.1 ha), and an extra allowance to offer choice (17.1 ha). 4.13.9 Summarised below is the intelligence gathered about each town which will be important for assessing significant effects through the sustainability appraisal:

Chippenham 4.13.10 Chippenham is one of the largest towns in Wiltshire, and is identified as a strategic employment location. The town has been successful in retaining international employers in the manufacturing and service sector, including ICT services, rail systems and logistics. Chippenham has excellent transport links, being in close proximity to the M4 and on the main Bristol to London railway route and, as such, it is an attractive location to employers, but this also leads to significant levels of out- commuting. However, there is currently a shortfall in suitable land for employment growth and a failure to respond to this issue would result in existing and prospective employers moving elsewhere.

Trowbridge 4.13.11 Trowbridge has been identified as a location for new strategic employment growth. The town has a strong industrial heritage and as the County Town of Wiltshire maintains an important strategic role. It has good transport links to many nearby settlements including Bath and Bristol and is only 30 minutes from the M4. The town has good rail connectivity to the west, via Bath and Bristol and the south, via Westbury and Southampton. The strategically important A350 links Trowbridge with the M4 and the south coast. Trowbridge plays an important role as an employment, administration and service centre for Wiltshire. The regeneration of the central area of Trowbridge is a priority for the Council, the Town Council and local businesses.

Bradford-on-Avon 4.13.12 Bradford-on-Avon is not identified as a strategic location for employment. It has been noted that Bradford-on-Avon faces a particular issue of the loss of employment land for housing. However, the current mix of small employers should ensure that Bradford-on-Avon is resistant to mass job losses resulting from a single business closure. The high levels of out commuting indicate that development of business and employment should be encouraged to meet local needs.

Calne 4.13.13 Calne has been identified as a location for new strategic employment growth. This recognises that Calne has a number of large scale employment locations which have the benefit of potential expansion land and has successfully attracted a number of large employers in the past. Although transport in and around Calne suffers from some ongoing problems, easy access to the M4 should help the town attract new employers and address relatively high levels of out commuting and low population to job ratio. There is no dominant employer in Calne and further capacity is available for new businesses and employment development.

40 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B

Corsham 4.13.14 Corsham has not been identified as a location for new strategic employment growth. Corsham has a large existing employment base for a town of its size that has historically been based on the presence of the Ministry of Defence. A rationalisation of MoD operations has seen the construction of Basil Hill Barracks which will help develop a specialist cluster of new technologies with opportunities identified at Spring Park for specialist employment development. The town continues to be a net importer of workers (more jobs available than total resident workers) yet sees relatively high levels of out commuting.

Devizes 4.13.15 Devizes is identified as a location for strategic employment growth. The town retains a large and varied employment base and should be resistant to job losses from a single business closure. Devizes has a good record of attracting employers, although given its location and transport access these have tended to be small to medium business catering for local networks. The success of Devizes as an employment location and the status of the town should enable it to continue to be a strategic location for new employment growth outside the principle employment growth areas of Wiltshire.

Malmesbury 4.13.16 Malmesbury is not identified as a location for new strategic employment growth. 4.13.17 However, it is clear that retention of the town’s existing employment base is critically important to the success of the town. In the recent past Malmesbury has had a significant level of self containment. However, this has been based on a single large local employer and indications show that a reduced workforce may have seen some restructuring of employment provision. Malmesbury has a relatively small employment base and provision of employment should look to small to medium employers to increase variation of the town’s employment base.

Marlborough 4.13.18 Marlborough is not identified as a location for new strategic employment growth. 4.13.19 Marlborough has a relatively small but varied employment base with a reasonable level of self containment. The Marlborough Business Park has provided an important new location for employment growth and new business in Marlborough. Marlborough has some unusual employment patterns with a strong representation by the education sector. There is no indication that this sector will weaken in the planning period.

Melksham 4.13.20 Melksham is identified as a location for new strategic employment growth. It is located on the A350 and forms part of the key A350 employment growth area. The number of jobs in Melksham is relatively low considering the size of the population. This may be due to some restructuring of the employment mix in Melksham. Historically, Melksham has been able to attract large employers but over reliance on a single employer leaves the town vulnerable to mass job losses. Nevertheless, there are good opportunities to expand the employment base.

Tidworth 4.13.21 Tidworth/Ludgershall is not identified as a location new strategic employment growth. The employment mix in the town is dominated by the Army and this causes a number of unusual commuting patterns with a high percentage of people walking to work and relatively good level of self containment. Nevertheless, there remains significant out-commuting with limited employment beyond jobs associated with the MoD. New employment at Tidworth and Ludgershall should concentrate on providing alternative employment opportunities to vary the job market.

Warminster 4.13.22 Warminster has been identified as a location for new strategic employment growth. It is one of the larger market towns but has few jobs and this together with its location on the A36/A350 and rail link offer scope for future employment provision. The MOD continues to be the largest employer in the town. The West Wiltshire Employment Land Assessment (published in 2007) states that Warminster has seen high volumes of empty units over the last few years, but that the redevelopment of the town has stimulated more demand in the town centre. There is a large amount

41 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B of existing employment land around Warminster with a good potential for medium and long term growth given high levels of demand. Warminster therefore has the capacity to enhance its contribution to the employment base within Wiltshire.

Westbury 4.13.23 Westbury has been identified as a location for new strategic employment growth. 4.13.24 The town’s location between Warminster and Trowbridge allied with its position as a junction for rail travel makes it an accessible location and enhances its catchment. The employment base in Westbury should be relatively resistant to changes, but the recent growth in housing has not as yet been matched by employment growth and there are large existing employment allocations that need to be retained and developed to create a better balance in the town.

Wootton Bassett 4.13.25 Wootton Bassett has been identified as a location for new strategic employment growth. The town has a smaller employment base than might be expected for a town of its size and it clearly acts as a dormitory settlement to Swindon. A large number of MOD personnel live in Wootton Bassett, and the issue of RAF Lyneham and other MOD sites closing must be considered. However, the town has a varied employment base beyond the MOD and should be relatively resilient to mass job losses.

4.14 Wiltshire Workspace and Employment Land Review 2011 Recommendations 4.14.1 Whilst Wiltshire Council has more than enough employment land allocated, viability factors are prohibiting development. In the absence of grant assistance, the Council will need to look at more innovative forms of intervention if it wishes to bring forward development itself. These might include:  Outright disposal of assets – one simple approach to funding future investment in employment land and buildings is to dispose of existing assets to investors and to plough this back into economic development initiatives.  Investment of assets in a joint venture vehicle with the private sector – one model often used by local authorities is to tender for a JV partner to deliver a masterplan. The business model relies heavily on the use of selling Council land to generate receipts to assemble sites for onward sale to private developers  Community Infrastructure Levy – Infrastructure requirements for unlocking strategic sites could potentially be funded, or part funded, through CIL. This could include funding for large infrastructure items like new roads or flood relief schemes.

4.14.2 To counter concerns of employment land being held back by owners seeking higher returns from other uses, the Council could consider more stringent criteria to prove the site had been effectively marketed for employment use before release would be permitted. 4.14.3 Planning policy could benefit the local economy by being more flexible in its approach to allocating employment land. In an economy such as Wiltshire, much of the demand will come from local expansion. It is difficult to predict over a twenty year period which firms will expand and which will not and hence make specific allocations to allow for all eventualities. 4.14.4 Therefore a positive policy permitting development for expansion purposes unless there are good reasons not to, would be a useful addition to supporting local economic development. 4.14.5 Lastly, the council should continue to monitor the take up of land to ensure that there is always a suitable quantum of deliverable sites for at least five years.

4.15 Wiltshire Core Strategy Retail Review 201528 4.15.1 There is no capacity for additional convenience goods floorspace in Trowbridge, Marlborough, Melksham, Tidworth, Westbury and Wootton Bassett. 4.15.2 In most cases the levels of available additional floorspace capacity have been reduced. Whist this is sometimes due specific commitments which have occurred since the 2011 study (see Table 9 at

28 http://www.wiltshire.gov.uk/wiltshire-core-strategy-retail-review-draft-feb2015.pdf 42 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Appendix 5 and below), the changes in forecast population growth levels, the increase in online sales and lower retail expenditure growth levels are a significant contributor to this change. 4.15.3 Salisbury’s capacity has reduced by just under 40% by 2026. However there remains potential for a significant expansion of comparison goods floorspace in Salisbury should the commercial market be able to deliver a city centre scheme. 4.15.4 The level of capacity in Trowbridge has reduced significantly. Not only is this due to the above trends, but also due to some loss of market share to other surrounding settlements (via commitments) but also due to new commitments. In addition, this latest analysis does not model a one percentage point increase in market share that the 2011 study allowed for. Whilst a one percentage point increase does not, on face value, seem like a significant increase, it is equivalent to a rise of one fifth in Trowbridge’s market share. Despite this lower capacity, Trowbridge has benefitted from substantial new comparison goods floorspace in recent years including the Shires Gateway scheme and the non-food floorspace within the Sainsburys and committed Morrisons store. 4.15.5 Chippenhams capacity has also fallen due to commitments, although it remains reasonably high and able to support substantial new retail floorspace development. 4.15.6 In relation to other settlements, the lower capacity levels are modest and suggest that only small levels of new comparison goods floorspace can be provided for. Notable reductions in capacity include Calne and Melksham where new supermarkets and their comparison goods floorspace will expand choice and competition.

43 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 5 Education and Skills

5.1 Baseline Information 5.1.1 The collection of baseline information ensures that the sustainability appraisal process is based on a sound evidence base and provides the basis for predicting and monitoring any environmental or sustainability effects that may be identified during the sustainability appraisal stages. It is made clear in the sustainability appraisal guidance that a practical approach to the collection of baseline information is essential as there are opportunities to update the sustainability appraisal work in the future. The planning authority is encouraged to use existing data sources rather than to undertake original research.

5.2 Learning and Skills 5.2.1 The baseline is primarily derived from the Joint Strategic Assessment for Wiltshire 2012-13, the latest county wide assessment. 5.2.2 Relatively high levels of education, skills and training deprivation in Wiltshire are primarily due to educational deprivation among children and young people, rather than adult skills; 64 of Wiltshire’s 281 LSOAs are within the 30% most deprived in England for the children and young people deprivation sub- domain, compared to 38 for the adult skills sub-domain. 5.2.3 The main drivers of high relative deprivation for this domain appear to relate to achievement at Key Stages 2 and 4 and also the secondary school absence rate. 5.2.4 The education, skills and training domain saw the largest increase in the number of Wiltshire LSOAs in the most deprived 20% and 30% nationally between the ID 2004 and ID 2010; an increase of 12 LSOAs within the 20% most deprived and 18 LSOAs within the 30% most deprived in England.

5.3 Skills Gaps in Wiltshire 5.3.1 The Swindon and Wiltshire LMI summary (2014) estimated that 18% of all vacancies in Wiltshire and Swindon are ‘hard-to-fill’. This is one of the lowest figures in England, and is much lower than the England average of 28 per cent. A shortage of suitably skilled workers is seen as the main reason for hard-to-fill vacancies, reflecting the England-wide picture. Employers in the LEP area also reported a lack of relevant work experience among applicants for the types of job on offer, as well as a lack of the required attitude or motivation. Overall, ‘skill-shortage’ vacancies represent 13 per cent of all vacancies in the LEP area, much lower than the England-wide figure of 22 per cent.

5.3.2 The main causes of skills gaps are lack of experience or because staff have been recently recruited. In the area, 11% of all businesses experience skills gaps, this is lower than the England average of 15%, this represents 3% of the workforce (as compared to 5% for the rest of England). In 201529 there were 1900 establishments (12% of all employers) that reported having skills gaps in their work force. This proportion compares well with Wiltshire’s statistical neighbours (14.6%) and (National (14%). The incidence of skills gaps in Wiltshire were reported as follows: 3% of managers, 2% of professionals, 3% of administrative/clerical staff, 2% of skilled trades, 1% of caring, leisure and other services staff, 2% of sales and customers service staff, 1% machine operatives and. 3% of elementary staff. Overall that’s 4% of high-skilled jobs, 5% of middle-skilled jobs, 3% of service- intensive and 3% of labour-intensive jobs. 5.3.3 Of the vacancies that were advertised 28.8% (1630 vacancies) were reported as hard to fill vacancies due to skills shortages. This is a significant increase since the last survey, which has seen Wiltshire’s skill-shortage vacancies almost double in 2 years. Swindon and Wiltshire LEP has the 3rd highest density of skill-shortage vacancies in the country, which is in stark contrast since the last survey where Swindon Wiltshire LEP had the lowest rate in the UK at13.0%. 5.3.4 Apprenticeships can help businesses across all sectors by offering a route to harness fresh new talent. Apprenticeships can make organisations more effective, productive and competitive by addressing skills gaps directly, even in uncertain economic times.

29 https://workwiltshire.co.uk/policies-data/data-dashboard/business-skills-routes-to-employment/#skillsgap 44 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 5.4 Children and Young People 5.4.1 The basis for the following section of the baseline is derived primarily from the 2008 Annual Performance Assessment (APA) of services for children and young people for what was then Wiltshire County Council. This is the most recent assessment available of services for children and young people in the county. Education for Swindon is the responsibility of Swindon Borough Council and is not included in this section. 5.4.2 Wiltshire Council provides adequate services for children and young people and meets only minimum requirements, although its contribution is good in two of the six outcomes assessed. The council’s capacity to improve, including its management of services, is adequate. The council has some good plans and has set itself challenging targets. It has had some successes in improving outcomes for vulnerable groups of young people and children which were areas for development in the 2007 APA, but progress is mixed. The council has been successful in reducing the numbers of young people not in education, employment or training but there is more limited progress in other areas for example in relation to the provision of child and adolescent mental health services. The council has strengthened its range of partnerships which are particularly successful in providing for the youngest children and giving parents and young people a voice, but the sustained positive impact of initiatives and plans across all of its children’s and young people’s services is not yet evident. The council’s self-assessment of progress is too generous.

5.5 School Attainment 5.5.1 According to the JSA for Wiltshire 2015/16 educational achievement in Wiltshire is generally in line or better than similar areas, though the gap between the attainment of children in vulnerable groups and their peers is too large and should be narrowed. Key Stage 2 results for primary school children have improved. This is partly due to the use of the ‘Every Child Matters’ one-to-one programmes providing targeted support. Key Stage 4 results have also improved. A virtual school head teacher is in place for children in care to help focus on their progress. The gap between the attainment of children in receipt of free school meals and their peers has narrowed, but there is still work to do to improve attainment of vulnerable groups in general.

Figure 5-1 Key Stage 2 achievement in Wiltshire Community Areas: JSA 2015

5.5.2 Good housing contributes to a healthy community, better education and an improved economy and is linked to health and wellbeing, impacting on both physical and mental health.

45 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 5.5.3 In 2009, Wiltshire's educational results were good for four year olds and generally good for 16 year olds. However, results for 11 year olds and pupils from vulnerable groups for both 11 and 16 year olds were not good. The percentage of pupils with Special Educational Needs achieving Key Stage (KS) 2 in English and mathematics was 54.5% lower than pupils without Special Educational Needs. This gap was larger than for comparator authorities or England. 5.5.4 The 2010 GCSE or equivalent results reveal that Wiltshire performed below the national and regional average with 70.8% of pupils in their last year of compulsory education (15/16 year olds) achieving 5+ GCSEs at grades A* to C. In 2015, the percentage of pupils in Wiltshire achieving 5 or more GCSE's including English and Mathematics at grades A*-C at the end of secondary school (Key Stage 4) was higher than that reported both regionally and nationally and has improved when compared against the previous year. Improvements shown in 2015 mean that Wiltshire now ranks in the top 25% of all Local Authorties in England

Figure 5-2 Key Stage 4 achievement in Wiltshire Community Areas: JSA 2015

5.6 Qualifications of Working Age Population 5.6.1 Wiltshire has a higher proportion of its working age population with qualifications at NVQ levels 3 and 4+ than nationally and regionally (see Table 5-2 below). In addition, the County has a relatively low share of its working age population no qualifications; 4.1% compared with the regional figure of 5.1% and UK figure of 8.0%. 5.6.2 There could be a variety of reasons to explain an increase in qualifications; these include:  the strengthening of the college network in Wiltshire to deliver increasing numbers of higher level NVQ qualifications as well as degrees in association with neighbouring Universities;  the impact of the recession in encouraging young people to remain in education; and  larger numbers of graduates returning to the parental home whilst they look for work as well as the general attractiveness of the county as a place to live.

5.6.3 Since 2009 there has been a steady increase in people qualified to NVQ4 and above, still above regional and national levels.

46 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Table 5-1 - Qualifications (Jan 2016-Dec 2016) Wiltshire Wiltshire (%) South West (%) Great Britain (%) (numbers)

NVQ4 and above 121,100 42.1 37.8 38.2 NVQ3 and above 179,900 62.6 59.4 56.9

NVQ2 and above 232,200 80.8 78.1 74.3

NVQ1 and above 262,400 91.3 89.8 85.3

Other qualifications 13,200 4.6 5.1 6.6

No qualifications 11,900 4.1 5.1 8.0 Source: ONS annual population survey

Figure 5-3 - NVQ 4 and above, Wiltshire - Time Series

Source: Nomis

5.7 Young People not in Employment, Education or Training (NEET) 5.7.1 The NEET figure for Wiltshire, based on the period November 2010 to January 2011 was 6.8% and equates to 732 young people based on a total 16-18 cohort of 12,500. This is appreciably higher than that found nationally, regionally and compared to a defined group of other local authorities known as “Statistical Neighbours‟ which are similar to Wiltshire in terms of size, economy, rural to urban mix and education attainment of young people (see table below).

Table 5-2 NEET statistics Location %16-18 year olds, January 2011 Not known In learning NEET NEET average Nov 2010-Jan 2011 Wiltshire 3.9% 81.3% 6.8% 6.8%

South West 2.4% 83.6% 5.3% 5.3%

England 3.9% 84.1% 5.9% 6.0%

Statistical neighbours 3.5% 82.0% 5.3% 5.5%

Source: DfE January 2011

5.7.2 Of the 732 16-18 year olds NEET in January 2011, 169 (17%) were not able to take up employment or learning, the majority of these were expectant or young mothers. This is only slightly higher than the averages in other areas. A number of those who are NEET and available have a job or education place lined up to start the following month (i.e. they are not doing nothing). 47 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 5.7.3 In terms of NEET performance as measured as an average between November 2010 and January 2011 average, levels for the South West, England and Statistical Neighbour averages were slightly down over last year. In contrast, the average compared to the previous year for Wiltshire, Devon, North Somerset, Plymouth, Torbay (South West region neighbours) and Shropshire (statistical neighbour) all increased slightly. 5.7.4 The NEET group however is not static in terms of the same young people being NEET all the time and there is churn each month in terms of joiners and leavers; for example, in January 2011, 105 16-18 year olds joined the NEET cohort and 102 left. Further education (college and 6th forms) contribute more young people to NEET than they recruit from NEET (apart from September which is the start of the academic year) but the pattern with employment shows that as many join NEET from employment, many leave NEET into employment. This indicates that many jobs taken by 16-18 year olds are often temporary; either genuinely short contract or seasonal jobs or the young people move between jobs until they settle. 5.7.5 This analysis highlights a few specific issues for Wiltshire. The county has a higher than average number of expectant young mothers in the NEET cohort suggesting that additional work in schools and with youth groups could be undertaken. The recent recession has greatly reduced the job opportunities available to the young and the availability of even seasonal and temporary jobs is expected to be limited and subject to increased competition. All work experience is valuable, however temporary and seasonal work will afford variable experiences in terms of quality and training received. Finally, in times of economic downturn, more young people may be expected to stay in education as they cannot compete in the job market. Entry into higher education however may be less attractive given the increase in University tuition fees which may offset increased NEET levels to some extents but may lead to higher levels of ‘unemployment’ at aged 18 and over. It will never be possible to eradicate the NEET status but Wiltshire should look to try and establish a steady rate of NEET and EET within the economic system.

5.8 Workplace Skills 5.8.1 Traditionally, Wiltshire has been dominated by low value, low skilled manufacturing and service sectors, but this is unsustainable in the future. As a result it has become an attractive county for the higher skilled and higher paid in which to live, but not to work. In addition, a large proportion of employment in the county is within the public sector and this will fall as government cuts are realised. 5.8.2 By broadening the employment base, the aim is to address these weaknesses and develop a sector profile which will be competitive in the future and also offer quality employment opportunities for all residents and thereby reduce out-commuting. 5.8.3 The skills base of Wiltshire is relatively polarised with a high proportion of residents with high skills levels, but equally a significant proportion with poor basic skills and, as a result of the recession, increasing unemployment levels and a worsening ‘not in Employment, Education or Training’ (NEET) issue amongst young people.

5.9 Skills Inequalities 5.9.1 According to the JSA for Wiltshire 2012/13, the differences between resident and workplace earnings continue. Average earnings for full-time workers living in Wiltshire continue to be much higher than those paid by workplace, equating to a 7.7% difference compared to just 1.9% across the region (Figure 3.2). 5.9.2 The difference between residence and workplace pay locally is accounted for by higher skilled workers commuting out of the county to higher paid jobs in surrounding towns and cities; approximately 65% of the net out-commuting losses in Wiltshire stem from travel to jobs in higher level occupations such as managers, senior officials, professionals, associate professionals and technicians. That said, the overall increase in residence-based earnings has been more modest at 1%, compared to those found regionally and nationally (1.6% and 1.5% respectively).

48 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Table 5-4 Top 6 Employment Sectors by Wiltshire Community Areas: JSA 2014

5.9.3 The underlying issue is that there are fewer higher skilled, higher paid employment opportunities in Wiltshire to meet the supply of residents who can work at this level. Wiltshire is an attractive county to live in and large parts of it can support daily commuting to jobs in surrounding areas. The Wiltshire Investment Service continues to work to attract new investment into the county in an attempt to redress this balance.

49 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 6 Healthy Communities

6.1 Baseline Information 6.1.1 The collection of baseline information ensures that the sustainability appraisal process is based on a sound evidence base and provides the basis for predicting and monitoring any environmental or sustainability effects that may be identified during the sustainability appraisal stages. It is made clear in the sustainability appraisal guidance that a practical approach to the collection of baseline information is essential as there are opportunities to update the sustainability appraisal work in the future. The planning authority is encouraged to use existing data sources rather than undertake original research.

6.2 Health 6.2.1 Wiltshire’s population is relatively healthy compared to the average for England, with life expectancy higher than average for both males and females. The proportion of people claiming incapacity benefits is also low compared to the regional and national averages. The proportion of people in bad or very bad health is equally lower than average.

Table 6-1 - Key Figures for Health and Care South Variable Measure Wiltshire England West

7 Very Good Health (Persons, Mar11) % 49.8 46.9 47.2

7 Good Health (Persons, Mar11) % 34.0 34.6 34.2

7 Fair Health (Persons, Mar11) % 12.1 13.4 13.1

7 Bad Health (Persons, Mar11) % 3.2 4.0 4.2

7 Very Bad Health (Persons, Mar11) % 0.9 1.1 1.2

Under 18 Conceptions (Persons, Jan07-Dec07) Rate per 31.67 36.1 41.7 1000 Infant Mortality (Live Births, Jan08-Dec10) Rate per 3.47 3.6 4.4 1000 Life Expectancy at Birth; Males (Persons, Jan07- y 79.57 79.2 78.3 Dec09) Life Expectancy at Birth; Females (Persons, Jan07- y 83.57 83.3 82.3 Dec09) Incapacity Benefits (Persons, Aug10) % 47 6 7

All Finished Admission Episodes (Admission Count 93,1857 1,302,377 11,999,765 Episodes, Apr07-Mar08) Coronary Heart Disease (CHD); Diagnosis Count 7,1297 99,131 1,000,332 (Admission Episodes, Apr07-Mar08) Cerebrovascular Disease (including Stroke); Count 1,8067 23,209 187,962 Diagnosis (Admission Episodes, Apr07-Mar08) Cancer (excluding non-melanoma skin cancer); Count 9,4357 167,119 1,326,050 Diagnosis (Admission Episodes, Apr07-Mar08) Hip Replacement; Operation (Admission Episodes, Count 8527 9,912 69,434 Apr07-Mar08)

50 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Cataract; Operation (Admission Episodes, Apr07- Count 2,6077 39,638 326,758 Mar08) Source: Office for National Statistics; The NHS Information Centre for Health and Social Care

6.2.2 In the 2011 Census approximately 84% of the population of Wiltshire described their health as good or very good. Wiltshire has a lower Standardised Mortality Ratio (SMR) than the national average and life expectancy is rising. 6.2.3 Although indications show that the general health of Wiltshire’s population is improving, an ageing population may have implications for the provision of services, housing and recreation. The figures are also indicative of an aging resident workforce and new employment opportunities will need to consider this factor. 6.2.4 Life expectancy at birth is often used as a measure of the overall health of a population. Life expectancy in all parts of England has increased over the last century and this general trend is continuing. The JSA for Wiltshire 2012/13 has slightly more up to date figures than those shown in Table 6-2. In Wiltshire in 2008-2010, life expectancy was 79.6 years for males and 83.7 years for females. These figures are higher, for both males and females, than those for England and the South West. 6.2.5 In 2010, there were 4,124 people resident in Wiltshire who died; 31% of these died from circulatory disease and 29.5% from cancer. In those aged under 75 cancer was the biggest killer; it accounted for 47% of deaths in this age group. All-age and under-75 mortality rates have declined in the last 10 years nationally and in Wiltshire. 6.2.6 The rates for Wiltshire continue to be lower than those for England. Mortality rates in both infants and under-15s have risen in Wiltshire since 2005-2007. National and regional rates for these indicators have decreased over the same period. However, Wiltshire remains below the national rates and similar to the South West 6.2.7 Physical inactivity is the 4th leading risk factor for global mortality accounting for 6% of deaths globally. People who have a physically active lifestyle have a 20-35% lower risk of cardiovascular disease, coronary heart disease and stroke compared to those who have a sedentary lifestyle. Regular physical activity is associated with many other health benefits. The Chief Medical Officer currently recommends that adults undertake 150 minutes (2.5 hours) of moderate activity per week, in bouts of 10 minutes or more. The proportion of persons participating in 30 minutes of physical activity 3 times per week in Wiltshire has been consistently higher than both England and the South West since 2005. 6.2.8 Melanoma is a serious type of cancer linked to exposure to ultraviolet (UV) light that develops when cells in the skin begin to develop abnormally. The rate of new cases of Melanoma in Wiltshire has risen over the last three years, from 24.98 per 100,000 persons in 2013 to 31.0 per 100,000 in 2015 and although local rates are lower than that reported across the South West region, they have been markedly higher than that reported nationally over the same time frame. Cancer is the single largest cause of death in England in under 75 year olds. To ensure that there continues to be a reduction in the rate of premature mortality from cancer, there needs to be concerted action in both prevention and treatment. In England the mortality rate from cancer has been slowly falling for a number of years. The rate in Wiltshire is below the national rate and the rate for the South West (124 per 100,000 compared to 142 and 131 respectively).

6.3 Children and Young People 6.3.1 Mortality rates in under- 15s have risen in Wiltshire in recent years from 37.8 per 100,000 in 2006- 2008, to 43.6 per 100,000 in 2008-2010. This places Wiltshire below the national rate (45.5 per 100,000) but above the rate for the South West (38.0 per 100,000) but not significantly different in either case. However, national and regional rates have been decreasing between 2006-2008 and 2008-2010. 6.3.2 Mortality rates in infants (children under one) have also risen in Wiltshire in recent years. The infant mortality rate in 2008-2010 was 4.1 per 1,000 live births and has increased in each period since an historical low point of 3.2 per 1,000 in 2005-2007. Again, this places Wiltshire below the national rate (4.6 per 1,000) but above the rate for the South West (3.7 per 100,000) but not significantly different in either case. However, as for under-15s, the national and regional rates have been decreasing between 2005-2007 and 2008-2010. 6.3.3 Breastfeeding can make a major contribution to an infant’s health and development, especially if 51 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B sustained for the first six months of life and can also positively impact on maternal health. The percentage of infants either totally or partially breastfed at 6-8 weeks in Wiltshire has consistently remained above that reported nationally since 2010/11. Whilst the prevalence has reduced across England since 2012/13, levels in Wiltshire have stabilised, with almost half of infants being partially or totally breastfed at 6-8 weeks. 6.3.4 Levels of excess weight in children aged 4-5 years in Wiltshire have remained below that reported across both England and the South West region since 2011/12. Although levels are lower than national and regional averages, excess weight in childhood still presents a significant public health challenge to our children’s health and wellbeing because of the number of children it affects. 2014/15 saw a reduction in local levels of excess weight in children in Reception Year (to 20.3% compared with 22.1% the previous year). However, this is equivalent to almost one in five 4-5 year olds across the county. 6.3.5 Rates of hospital admissions as a result of accidental or deliberate injury in 0-14 year olds In Wiltshire have remained below that reported both regionally and nationally since 2011/12. 2014/15 also saw a slight reduction in recorded local rates when compared to the previous year (99 per 10,000 0-14 year olds in 2014/15 compared to 100 per 10,000 in 2013/14. However, accidents and injuries amongst children and young people represent a significant public health issue as they are a leading cause of ill health, disability and even premature death within younger populations that can often be prevented. 6.3.6 Despite experiencing a slight reduction in 2014/15 compared to the previous year, rates of hospital admissions as a result of accidental or deliberate injury in 15-24 year olds in Wiltshire have consistently remained significantly above that reported across both the South West region and England as a whole since 2011/12. 6.3.7 The Wiltshire Child Health Profile stated that in 2011, approximately 23 girls aged under 18 conceived for every 1,000 females aged 15-17 years in this area. This is lower than the regional average. The area has a lower teenage conception rate compared with the England average. In 2012/13, 1.4% of women giving birth in this area were aged under 18 years. This is similar to the regional average. This area has a similar percentage of births to teenage girls compared with the England average and a similar percentage compared with the European average of 1.2%

6.4 Road Safety 6.4.1 Across Wiltshire and Swindon there were 1477 recorded road traffic collisions in 2013 which resulted in 1995 casualties, 25 of which were fatalities. The overall cost of these casualties to the community is estimated to be £116 million. Overall, in the UK, there is a pattern of decreasing road casualties and road deaths, and this is reflected in the figures for casualties in Wiltshire. Figures indicate that car ownership and traffic continue to rise and thus the proportion of serious accidents is falling, showing a general improvement in road safety. 6.4.2 Between August 2009 to July 2010, according to Wiltshire Police records, there were 3,661 road traffic collisions on Wiltshire’s roads. Of these, 2,745 were damage only, 896 injured and 20 fatalities. According to the Casualty Reduction Strategic Assessment 2010, the roads in the county that have the highest probability of a collision resulting in death or serious injury within Wiltshire are the A303, A338 and the A36. 6.4.3 When compared to similar authorities in the south west, Wiltshire has the second highest rate of killed and seriously injured casualties during 2009. However Wiltshire has had a 33% reduction in casualties for 2009 when compared with the 1994-1998 average. In Wiltshire and Swindon there were 325 killed and seriously injured casualties during 2009. In comparison there were 1752 casualties in the southwest overall and 26,906 casualties in the UK. 6.4.4 The number of serious and fatal casualties in Wiltshire has since then seen a reduction as highlighted in Table 6-3 below.

52 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Table 6-2 - Casualties by Severity

Source: Department for Transport

6.4.5 Salisbury and Trowbridge are two key areas of intensity for road traffic collisions. In addition there are quite clear high volumes of incidents along the main routes and trunk roads across the county. Predominantly the A350 running from the south through to the north of the county, the A303 and the M4. Junction 16 on the M4 (Wootton Bassett) also shows up as an area which has experienced a high volume of incidents. 6.4.6 The number of reported road traffic collisions in Wiltshire has shown a consistent annual increase, rising by almost 30% between 2010-2014.

Figure 6-1 Number of Reported Road Traffic Collisions: JSA 2014

6.4.7 Traffic collisions are a major cause of preventable deaths and morbidity, particularly in younger age groups. Although the rate of persons killed or seriously injured on roads in Wiltshire has consistently reduced in recent years (from 51 per 100,000 persons 2009-11 to 46 per 100,000 2012-14), local rates have remained significantly above those reported in both the South West as well as England.

53 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Figure 6-2 Killed and Seriously Injured Casulties: JSA 2014

6.5 Sport and Recreation 6.5.1 Key findings from the JSA for Wiltshire 2012/13:  25.3% of adults in Wiltshire take part in sport and active recreation compared to the national average of 21.9%.1  43% of adults do no sport or active recreation at all.  52.2% of adult residents in Wiltshire want to start playing sport or do a bit more.  The number of visits to leisure centres in Wiltshire and attending sports development and physical activity sessions in 2011/12 was 3,262,046.  72.1% are satisfied with sporting provision in the area, compared to 69% nationally.4  The increased population, coupled with an anticipated increase in demand of about 16% in the period to 2019, will see the demand for sports halls increasing from 20,350 visits per week in the peak period to 23,600. By 2019 the unmet demand across the county increases from 5.5 badminton courts to 7.9 badminton courts.  The demand for swimming pools will increase from 25,250 visits per week in the peak period to 29,200. The level of unmet demand across the county will equate to the equivalent of about one 25m pool.

6.6 Obesity 6.6.1 The number of overweight and obese people has tripled over the last two decades and this number is still rising. It is likely that both these trends will continue in the future, and in particular the proportion of obese people within the population is likely to increase if they are not stimulated to keep active and provided with facilities for doing so. There is limited trend data on obesity. 6.6.2 Obesity amongst children in Wiltshire is relatively low and compares well with both the national figures and comparator authorities. However, there are hotspots where obesity levels are high. Healthy eating and exercise have a central part in ensuring good health. A healthy diet and exercise can contribute to improved self-esteem; promote concentration and the improved use of educational opportunities; and encourage fulfilling leisure activities.

54 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 6.6.3 Excess weight represents a significant public health issue as it is a major cause of premature mortality and avoidable ill health. Unlike with children (in the form of the National Child Measurement Programme), data in relation to adult weight is not routinely collected and we rely instead on estimates modelled on survey data. The most recent of these (The Active People Survey, conducted by Sport England) indicated that the prevalence of excess weight in adults over 16 years old in Wiltshire is 63.6%. This equates to almost 2 in 3 adults or 248,908 people across the county and is in line with that estimated for the South West (64.2%) as well as England (64.6%). 6.6.4 The following table taken from the JSA for Wiltshire 2012/13 shows that obesity levels in adults in Wiltshire are slightly higher than the regional and national averages.

Table 6-3 - Obesity Levels in Adults and Year 6 Pupils

30 6.7 Health Profile for Wiltshire 2016 6.7.1 The health of people in Wiltshire is generally better than the England average. Deprivation is lower than average, however about 9,670 children live in poverty. 6.7.2 Life expectancy for both men and women is higher than the England average. 6.7.3 Life expectancy is 6.0 years lower for men and 2.5 years lower for women in the most deprived areas of Wiltshire than in the least deprived areas. 6.7.4 Over the last 10 years, all cause mortality rates have fallen. The early death rate from heart disease and stroke has fallen and is better than the England average. 6.7.5 In Year 6, 15.1% of children are classified as obese, better than the average for England and the South West. Levels of teenage, pregnancy and breast feeding are better than the England average. Estimated levels of adult smoking are better than the England average. The rate of road injuries and deaths is worse than the England average. Rates of sexually transmitted infections, smoking related deaths and hospital stays for alcohol related harm are better than the England average. 6.7.6 Priorities in Wiltshire include drugs and alcohol, long term conditions, mental health, complex vulnerable families and long term social care/care home placements. 6.7.7 The chart below shows how the health of people in this area compares with the rest of England. This area's result for each indicator is shown as a circle. The average rate for England is shown by the black line, which is always at the centre of the chart. The range of results for all local areas in England is shown as a grey bar. A red circle means that this area is significantly worse than England for that indicator; however, a green circle may still indicate an important public health problem.

30 http://fingertipsreports.phe.org.uk/health-profiles/2016/e06000054.pdf&time_period=2016 55 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Figure 6-4 - Health Summary for Wiltshire

6.8 Rights of Way and Access to Greenspace 6.8.1 The Countryside and Rights of Way Act 2000 provides for public access on foot to certain types of land, amends the law relating to public rights of way, increases protection for Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI), strengthens wildlife enforcement legislation, and provides for better management of Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB). Wiltshire’s network of public rights of way is over 6,100 km (3,790 miles) long, and together with 27,000 hectares (66,700 acres) of access land, provides access to a wide range of landscapes and communities. 6.8.2 The Wiltshire Open Space Study (2015-2026) made some assessment of open space in Wiltshire. It concludes that the starting point of any policy adopted by the Council should be that all open space should be afforded protection unless it can be proved it is not required. The distribution of open space varies across Wiltshire, however, there are identified shortages of at least one typology of open space in most areas. It is therefore recommended that priority is placed on protecting those open spaces where there is an existing shortfall of supply as highlighted in the area profiles. 6.8.3 Some of the key observations related to site enhancement include: 1. The importance of providing high quality provision and maintenance of formal facilities such as Parks and Recreation Grounds and Play Space.

56 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 2. The role of private sports spaces to some local communities and the need to provide opportunity for investment. 3. The need to ensure high quality open spaces are designed and provided through new development where feasible. 4. The importance of rights of way and natural green space within the Study area, and the need to maintain and enhance provision for biodiversity. 5. The role of open space in contributing to wider initiatives and strategies, for example providing background information for Wiltshire’s green infrastructure strategy. 6. Extending and enhancing the network of green infrastructure including the connectivity between sites and improved accessibility to existing sites.

6.8.4 Urban greenspaces can provide excellent habitat for wildlife while also providing corridors and greenways to link habitats. They are also an important recreational resource for local residents.

Green Infrastructure (GI) 6.8.5 Wiltshire Council is beginning work on the preparation of a Wiltshire Green Infrastructure (GI) Strategy to meet the requirements of national and regional policies, the Wiltshire Local Area Agreement and to provide the framework and evidence base for more detailed GI policies to be included in the emerging Core Strategy. The Strategy will provide a long-term vision and strategic framework for the delivery of a planned, high quality, multi-functional network of GI across Wiltshire. 6.8.6 The objectives of the Strategy in terms of health and wellbeing are as follows:  Develop opportunities to support healthy lifestyles through the provision of green routes for walking and cycling and multi-functional green spaces for sport, play, recreation and amenity;  Improve the quality of life for Wiltshire’s communities through place shaping and careful design that brings natural features into neighbourhoods, improving community health and well-being; and  Provide high quality Green Infrastructure that strengthens the connectivity between Wiltshire’s urban and rural landscapes, creating attractive and accessible places for people to enjoy direct and regular contact with the natural environment.

6.8.7 Access to good quality GI has been proven to improve both physical and mental health and well being, contributing to lower levels of obesity, reduced cognitive decline and reduction in health complaints and increase in life expectancy. 6.8.8 Evidence shows that those individuals with a good range of greenspace close to home, particularly children, are less likely to suffer from obesity and related health issues. Providing easily accessible green areas and routes can increase levels of walking, cycling and other physical activity within a community and can help meet the drive towards sustainable active communities. Without regular exercise, there is a decline of function in virtually every system of the body, which will eventually require support from the NHS and social care and would incur cost to society. 6.8.9 GI is also considered to have the potential to contribute to preventing and treating mental health in some cases; for example, there is an estimated 13% reduced risk of cognitive decline for every mile walked per week over a lifetime. Access to nature and more areas for recreation promotes lower blood pressure, reduces stress and attention fatigue and improves mental well being. Furthermore, enjoyment of natural and semi-natural areas can help people to relax and socially interact, allowing positive benefits to be gained from involvement with, and use of, urban green areas. 6.8.10 GI can also have positive benefits for crime and anti-social behaviour. Studies have shown that the presence of vegetation can halve the incidence of violent and property crimes in otherwise identical public housing, and that crime is lower in inner city areas with more areas of natural vegetation (Kuo and Sullivan, 2001) and natural surveillance.

6.9 Crime 6.9.1 Generally Wiltshire does not appear to be particularly deprived on the crime domain compared to the national picture and national statistics on crime show that the Wiltshire Police area continued to have the second lowest rate of recorded crime in England and Wales, and the lowest in the South West. 6.9.2 Currently, there are three large populated hot-spot areas, namely Salisbury, Chippenham and Trowbridge that are absorbing an intensive amount of resources from police and other agencies and

57 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B yet are still producing higher levels of crime and disorder than any other area. Of the total number of recorded crimes in Wiltshire between 2009 and July 2010, 3,416 occurred in Salisbury (15.2%), 2,760 were in Chippenham (12.3%) and 3,055 were in Trowbridge (13.6%). 6.9.3 Overall in the 12 months to September 2016, 39,158 crimes were recorded. This represents an increase of 12 per cent on the previous 12 months. This is a significant increasing trend, but it is in line with peers31. 6.9.4 In Wiltshire, all crime types are in line with the national average. However there are exceptionally low volumes of homicides, serious violence and arson occurring in the county. The volumes of homicide and arson are the lowest in the country, with most serious violence the sixth lowest.

Figure 6-5

6.9.5 The volume of vehicle offences has increased by 15 per cent in the 12 months to September 2016. This equates to 374 offences or approximately one extra per day. Nevertheless, Wiltshire remains in line with the average of its peers. This is due to Wiltshire previously having an exceptionally low volume of vehicle offences.

Table 6-4 - Notifiable Offences Recorded by the Police, Period: Apr ‘12 – Mar ’13

South Variable Measure Wiltshire England West

Violence with Injury (Offences) Count 2,0493 28,760 291,851

Violence without Injury (Includes Harassment and Count 1,6163 23,667 271,533 Assault) (Offences)

Robbery (Offences) Count 403 1,895 63,888

Theft from the Person (Offences) Count 1823 4,050 98,142

Criminal Damage and Arson (Offences) Count 3,8653 49,723 493,620

Domestic Burglary (Offences) Count 8013 13,856 219,205

Non Domestic Burglary (Offences) Count 2,0883 20,430 219,523

31 https://cms.wiltshire.gov.uk/documents/s125853/PCP%20Performance%20Report%20Q2%20201617.pdf 58 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B

Vehicle Offences (Includes Theft of and from Vehicles) Count 2,0273 27,166 368,222 (Offences)

Drug Offences (Offences) Count 8593 15,794 191,692

Sexual Offences (Offences) Count 4013 5,100 50,020

Source: Home Office: Last Updated: 12 February 2014

6.9.6 A hate crime is any crime committed against an individual or community that is motivated by prejudice or hostility in relation to disability, race, ethnicity, religion, belief or sexual orientation. The number of reported hate crimes in Wiltshire has shown a consistent annual increase over the last three years, rising by almost 70% between 2013/14 - 2015/16. The greatest volume of hate crimes were reported in the Salisbury and Trowbridge Community Areas.

6.10 Violence in the Community 6.10.1 Violence in the community can have a lasting impact on the health and wellbeing of those who fall victim to it, with the nature of offences ranging from minor to fatal. Over the twelve month period August 2009 to July 2010 Wiltshire county suffered 5,066 violent offences which is 11.16 crimes per thousand head of population. Of these, 4,665 were violent attacks against a person such as common assault, Actual Bodily Harm (ABH) and Grievous Bodily Harm (GBH); 328 were sexual offences and 73 were robberies. 6.10.2 The biggest threat of violence to the inhabitants of Wiltshire is caused by the night-time economy where excessive alcohol consumption can play a key role in the orchestration of aggressive behaviour. 6.10.3 At present Wiltshire has the third lowest rate when looking at ‘violent crime’ compared to its 15 most similar areas in England and Wales and the sixth lowest rate when compared against the category of ‘most serious violent crime’.

6.11 Anti-Social Behaviour (ASB) and Criminal Damage 6.11.1 ASB often acts as an early warning sign of rising levels of crime. It is a problem of particular concern in Wiltshire because of the visible nature of its impact within communities. It is frequently the sign of community non-cohesion and more serious social problems, from which further crime types will develop if left untreated. 6.11.2 The volume of ASB continues to reduce. There were 5,104 incidents reported during quarter two of 2016. There were a total of 16,626 incidents reported in the 12 months to September 2016 which equates to a 17.7 per cent reduction on the 20,198 incidents recorded in the 12 months to September 2015. 6.11.3 In 2015/16, rates of recorded anti-social behaviour had reduced across the majority of Community Areas compared to the previous year with the exception of Salisbury and Trowbridge, which saw an increase, and rates in Bradford on Avon, Malmesbury and Tisbury saw no change.

6.12 Health Inequalities 6.12.1 Although Wiltshire is generally not a deprived area, the county has pockets of deprivation including three local areas that lie amongst the 20% most deprived in England. In addition, aspects of rural deprivation are difficult to quantify yet are of particular relevance in this county, in which proportionally more of the population live in a rural setting. 6.12.2 The health of people in Wiltshire is generally better than the England average. About 11% (9,700) of children live in low income families. Life expectancy for both men and women is higher than the England average. 6.12.3 In 2012-2014, life expectancy is 6.0 years lower for men and 2.5 years lower for women in the most deprived areas of Wiltshire than in the least deprived areas32. The gaps for males and females have

32 http://fingertipsreports.phe.org.uk/health-profiles/2016/e06000054.pdf&time_period=2016 59 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B widened since 2001. 6.12.4 There are a range of wider determinants of health that impact on inequalities including rurality, transport deprivation, service deprivation and housing deprivation. The increased needs of particular groups such as families, young people, the elderly, disabled persons and carers, the military, prisons, black and minority ethnic groups and gypsies and travellers and the way these are met can also affect the inequality gap.

6.13 Ageing Population 6.13.1 The changing age structure of the Wiltshire population will have a significant impact on the health and social care needs of the population, including:  An increased burden of chronic diseases associated with old age  An associated increase in demand on health services, including increased numbers of hospital admissions  Increased uptake of adult social care services across all client groups.

6.13.2 An ageing population will also have an impact on neurological, rheumatologic and orthopaedic conditions, dementia and falls. There are around 41,300 carers in Wiltshire with 77% of these of working age and 20.5% aged over 65. The number of people in Wiltshire in a carer role is expected to increase with a shift in the population structure to that of an ageing population. 6.13.3 The fastest population increase has been, and will continue to be, in the number of people aged 85 years and over. There are currently more than twice as many females as males in this population group. The number of males aged 85 years and over is projected to increase by 103.2% during the period Census 2011 to 2026, compared to an increase of only 51.2% for females of the same age group over the same period. In total, the number of Wiltshire’s residents aged over 85 years is projected to increase from 12,000 persons at Census 2011 to 20,180 persons by 2026.

6.14 Fuel Poverty 6.14.1 Wiltshire’s private sector stock has a higher than national average percentage of households in receipt of benefits at 21% compared to 17% nationally. This is likely to indicate affordability issues and also has an impact on those households identified to be in fuel poverty; these are identified as households who spend more than 10% of their net household income on heating and hot water. 6.14.2 Not only do dwellings where fuel poverty exists represent dwellings with poor energy efficiency, they are, by definition, occupied by residents with low incomes, least likely to be able to afford improvements. It is estimated that 20,400 dwellings (12.1%) are in fuel poverty, which represents a substantial number of households and presents issues in terms of both energy efficiency and occupier health. 6.14.3 The council’s Private Sector House Condition Survey (2009) showed that mains gas was present in just 68% of privately owned dwellings compared with 83% nationally. If it is assumed that these figures are representative of all housing, it means that Wiltshire has almost twice the number of dwellings without access to mains gas (32%) compared with the national average (17%). This is significant because carbon emissions from oil are much higher than the equivalent emissions from gas and oil is more expensive to heat a home.

60 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 7 Historic Environment

7.1 Baseline Information 7.1.1 The collection of baseline information ensures that the sustainability appraisal process is based on a sound evidence base and provides the basis for predicting and monitoring any environmental or sustainability effects that may be identified during the sustainability appraisal stages. It is made clear in the sustainability appraisal guidance that a practical approach to the collection of baseline information is essential as there are opportunities to update the sustainability appraisal work in the future. The planning authority is encouraged to use existing data sources rather than to undertake original research.

7.2 Heritage Assets 7.2.1 Wiltshire's heritage is unique and outstanding, ranging from pre-historic monuments such as Stonehenge, to links with the industrial revolution, including canal and railway structures. The landscape of Wiltshire as we see it today is the product of a series of major changes through which its character has been transformed by the interaction of natural and human or anthropogenic processes. This rich and historic landscape forms an important part of Wiltshire’s rich natural heritage. Like most areas, the landscape of Wiltshire bears the imprint of successive periods of human inhabitation and land use. While the basic landforms have remained the same, the vegetation covering and land uses have been subjected to constant change, although some periods of change have been far more rapid and radical than others. 7.2.2 These changes are important not only from an archaeological perspective but also in determining the overall character of Wiltshire. 7.2.3 Wiltshire has a rich prehistory including numerous examples of Neolithic long mounds, including some 20 examples around Avebury to the east of Wiltshire. One of the most dramatic, the West Kennet long barrow, is some 113m in length and contains individual chambers constructed of sarsen slabs. Henge monuments are also part of this period, the most famous being Stonehenge, although it is only the bank and ditch that are Neolithic. Stonehenge is surrounded by other henge monuments, which vary considerably in their size, such as Durrington Walls and Woodhenge, both of which contained circular settings of timber posts. Huge henge enclosures such as at Avebury and at Hatfield Farm, Marden in the Vale of Pewsey were built, together with the circular mound of Silbury Hill. 7.2.4 Wiltshire has nearly 20,000 archaeological sites ranging from the prehistoric through to Roman and medieval times and the civil war battlefield at Roundway Down. There are also approximately 12,000 listed buildings, 37 historic parks and gardens, three Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONBs) and more than 200 conservation areas. The majority of the conservation areas in Wiltshire consist of the historic parts of towns and villages, but some include other special landscapes which can also be designated, such as the canal corridor at Wilcot. The high number of conservation areas reflects the importance of the county’s heritage, much of which is recognised at national and international levels.

7.2.5 The north of Wiltshire contains many notable historic assets including the 7th century abbey, founded by St Aldhlem in Saxon times, at the heart of Malmesbury. The abbey is now the parish church and includes some of the finest Norman architecture and statuary in England. Many of the historic market towns have retained much of their architectural heritage and owe much of their prosperity to the wool trade and the quarrying of Bath stone. The northern area of Wiltshire also includes many historic railway structures including the Box railway tunnel completed in 1841 under the direction of Isambard Kingdom Brunel. 7.2.6 The town of Devizes to the east of Wiltshire has more than 500 listed buildings. The Kennet and Avon Canal was built between 1794 and 1810 to link Devizes with Bristol and London. The canal fell into disuse after the coming of the railway in the 1850s, but has been restored for leisure uses. Near Devizes the canal rises 237 feet (72 m) by means of 29 locks, 16 of them in a straight line at Caen Hill. Further to the east lies the Neolithic henge monument of Avebury. The monument contains the largest stone circle in Europe, and is one of the best known prehistoric sites in Britain. This ancient monument forms part of the Stonehenge, Avebury and Associated Sites World Heritage Site. 7.2.7 To the west lies the county town of Trowbridge. Like many Wiltshire towns Trowbridge has a rich 61 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B textile heritage. The canal that runs to the north of the town has also played a large part in the town’s development. There is much of architectural interest in Trowbridge, including many historic assets associated with the textile industry, and the Newtown conservation area, a protected zone of mostly Victorian houses. Bradford on Avon is situated to the north of Trowbridge; its canal, historic buildings, shops, pubs and restaurants make it popular with tourists. The history of the town can be traced back to Roman origins. It has several buildings dating to the 17th century, when the town grew, again due to the thriving woollen textile industry. 7.2.8 The historic Salisbury City lies to the south of Wiltshire. The city is home to numerous medieval streets and alleyways coupled with rich architecture including many half-timbered buildings. Salisbury Cathedral has the tallest spire in Britain and stands in the largest medieval close in Britain. The Stonehenge element of Wiltshire’s world heritage site is located just 8 miles north of Salisbury. One of the most famous sites in the world, Stonehenge is composed of earthworks surrounding a circular setting of large standing stones. It is at the centre of the most dense complex of Neolithic and Bronze Age monuments in England, including several hundred burial mounds. 7.2.9 Wiltshire has a significant military presence being home to 20 per cent of the entire British Army. This presence has greatly influenced both social and physical characteristics of Wiltshire including its heritage assets. RAF Chilmark, to the west of Salisbury, was a former armaments depot used in the Second World War and during the Cold War, with both surface and below ground storage facilities. It was established at the site of a stone quarry which itself had a long history of supplying stone for buildings such as Salisbury Cathedral. In addition to the military sites themselves are older buildings, such as Zouch Manor, and landscape features such as the water meadow known as the North-East Quadrant, Tidworth. 7.2.10 Wiltshire also contains numerous villages and rural settlements outside of the Market towns; these rural areas include many historic farm buildings. Even though the best examples are listed as being of special architectural and historic interest, there has been an alarming number of losses in recent years and surviving examples of threshing barns, granaries, malt houses, dovecotes and stables are becoming increasingly rare.

7.3 The Stonehenge, Avebury and Associated Sites World Heritage Property Statement of Outstanding Universal Value 7.3.1 A Statement of Outstanding Universal Value (OUV) was published in 2013. This document provides information on key issues and trends currently affecting the World Heritage Site which will need to be taken account of in the sustainability appraisal. 7.3.2 The Stonehenge, Avebury and Associated Sites World Heritage Property is internationally important for its complexes of outstanding prehistoric monuments. However, the presence of busy main roads going through the World Heritage Property impacts adversely on its integrity. The roads sever the relationship between Stonehenge and its surrounding monuments, notably the A344 which separates the Stone Circle from the Avenue. At Avebury, roads cut through some key monuments including the Henge and the West Kennet Avenue. The A4 separates the Sanctuary from its barrow group at Overton Hill. Roads and vehicles also cause damage to the fabric of some monuments while traffic noise and visual intrusion have a negative impact on their settings. The incremental impact of highway-related clutter needs to be carefully managed. 7.3.3 Development pressures are present and require careful management; impacts from existing intrusive development should be mitigated where possible. 7.3.4 At a local level, the Stonehenge and Avebury World Heritage Property is protected by the legal designation of all its key monuments. There is a specific policy in the Local Development Framework to protect the Outstanding Universal Value of the Property from inappropriate development, along with adequate references in relevant strategies and plans at all levels. The Local Planning Authority is responsible for continued protection through policy development and its effective implementation in deciding planning applications with the management plans for Stonehenge and Avebury as a key material consideration. These plans also take into account the range of other values relevant to the World Heritage Property. Avebury lies within the North Wessex Downs Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty: a national statutory designation to ensure the conservation and enhancement of the natural beauty of the landscape. 7.3.5 The World Heritage Property has effective management plans, coordinators and steering groups at both Stonehenge and Avebury but there is a need for an overall integrated management system for the Property. A review of the current system and governance arrangements should inform any future changes. Research Frameworks have been published for the World Heritage Property and are 62 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B regularly reviewed. 7.3.6 The A344 closed to the public in June 2013.

7.4 Archaeology 7.4.1 Wiltshire contains a wide range of important sites and buildings – some with local historic or architectural interest, others with internationally designated status. Such sites can make an important contribution to creating a true sense of place, local identity and distinctiveness, in both rural and urban areas. 7.4.2 Wiltshire contains approximately 20,000 known archaeological sites ranging from the prehistoric through to our early industrial past, including more than 1,500 scheduled ancient monuments. There is scope for new archaeological sites to be identified in the future. 7.4.3 One historic battlefield, the first civil war battlefield at Roundway Down, is located near Devizes. The battle of Roundway Down, which took place in 1643 is reportedly one of the most interesting and dramatic battles of the first civil war where an outnumbered cavalry force of no more than 1,800 defeated a balanced army of over 5,000. 7.4.4 The Stonehenge and Avebury World Heritage Sites are internationally significant and as a consequence present unique management challenges to ensure their universal values are maintained. There is an international obligation to protect, manage and present the sites for present and future generations. 7.4.5 World heritage sites are places of international importance for the conservation of mankind’s cultural and natural heritage. There are 851 sites worldwide and 27 in the UK. 7.4.6 The sites at Stonehenge and Avebury were inscribed on the world heritage list in 1986 for their outstanding prehistoric monuments. 7.4.7 Stonehenge, the unparalleled stone circle, is dated 3000 BC – 1600 BC and is surrounded by a ceremonial landscape containing over 300 burial mounds and major prehistoric monuments. It covers an area of approximately 26 km2. Avebury, like Stonehenge, is regarded as one of the most impressive and complex prehistoric sites in Britain and dates from 2800 BC, covering an area of 22.5 km2.

7.5 Scheduled Ancient Monuments (SAMs) and the Wiltshire and Swindon Sites and Monuments Record 7.5.1 Wiltshire Council and Swindon Borough Council retain a service of maintaining and recording archaeology and negotiating with landowners and developers to ensure that ancient sites are not damaged or destroyed. A digital mapping system and computer database is used to maintain the Wiltshire and Swindon Sites and Monuments Record and to document archaeological information for the construction industry and other end-users. 7.5.2 The Wiltshire and Swindon Sites and Monuments Records database is compiled by the Wiltshire and Swindon History Centre and holds over 20,000 records. Archaeological sites and monuments that are considered to be of national importance are classed as Scheduled Ancient Monuments (SAM).

7.6 Heritage at Risk Register 2016: South West (English Heritage) 33 7.6.1 The Heritage at Risk register for the South West identifies which of the region’s most important grade I and II* listed buildings, scheduled monuments, registered parks and gardens, registered battlefields, protected wreck sites, conservation areas and industrial archaeology are threatened by development pressures, neglect or decay. 1,144 (16.4%) of the South West’s 6,006 scheduled monuments are on the Register. The region has the highest number of scheduled monuments of any region and a significant proportion are at high risk. 7.6.2 The South West has one of the highest densities of listed agricultural buildings in the UK (0.77 per km²). The restructuring of the farming industry means that traditional farm buildings are often more susceptible to change than other types of historic building and sites. Across the South West around 6.1% of places of worship are on the risk register, compared to 6.3% nationally. Places of worship in

33 Heritage at Risk Register 2016 South West (English Heritage, 2016) 63 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B rural areas are slightly more at risk as there are more grade I and II* places of worship in rural areas, and the communities they are in have fewer people to share the burden of care and finance. 7.6.3 In relation to Wiltshire, the register includes details of many grade I and II* listed buildings that are considered to be at risk, as well as many Scheduled Monuments. There were 1,144 Scheduled Monuments at risk in Wiltshire in 2016 (an decrease of 19 since 2015), many of which are barrows at risk due to arable ploughing/clipping and extensive animal burrowing. With regards industrial archaeology, the medieval moated site and Romano-British settlement at White Walls Wood, Easton Grey, Wiltshire is listed as a priority site. 7.6.4 There is one Registered Park and Garden II* on the register – Tottenham House and Savernake Forest. The condition is stated as ‘extensive significant problems’ and improving. Planning permission for hotel development, including building over Brown's walled garden and laying out a golf course, has lapsed. 7.6.5 The following were included in the Register 2016:  Building and structure entries: 18 (16 in 2013)  Archaeology entries: 170 (239 in 2013)  Park and garden entries: 1 (1 in 2013)  Conservation area entries: 0 (1 in 2013)

7.6.6 Since 2015, the number of buildings at risk in Wiltshire has increased slightly with 2 more buildings on the register.

64 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 8 Inclusive Communities

8.1 Baseline Information 8.1.1 The collection of baseline information ensures that the sustainability appraisal process is based on a sound evidence base and provides the basis for predicting and monitoring any environmental or sustainability effects that may be identified during the sustainability appraisal stages. It is made clear in the sustainability appraisal guidance that a practical approach to the collection of baseline information is essential as there are opportunities to update the sustainability appraisal work in the future. The planning authority is encouraged to use existing data sources rather than to undertake original research. 8.1.2 The concept of inclusive communities embraces a range of issues relating to equality and social cohesion. These include access to housing, services and other opportunities, the needs of particular social groups and the level of active involvement in community activities.

8.2 Poverty and Deprivation 8.2.1 As a county, Wiltshire is not a deprived area, although the greatest concentrations of deprivation are in the towns. There are three small areas - two in Trowbridge and one in Salisbury – which are in the top 20% of deprived areas nationally; they are home to slightly more than 5,000 people. For the first time, Wiltshire now has one LSOA in the 10% most severely deprived in England; Salisbury St Martin – central. 8.2.2 Seven of the 10% most severely deprived LSOAs in Wiltshire are found in Salisbury Community Area; five in Chippenham; four in Trowbridge; three in Devizes and two in Melksham. Of rural parts of the county, the north and west appear generally less deprived when compared to south and east. 8.2.3 There is scattered deprivation across the whole rural area. Studies have shown that the rural areas of the county have deprived people in almost every community, but that rural areas are less deprived than the larger towns, with the only exception being with respect to access to key services, in particular for older people. This latter situation is partly a result of the geographical isolation of some communities, but also of the decline in many rural services over the last 30 years. 8.2.4 Of the 149 county and unitary authorities in England, Wiltshire ranked as the 132nd most deprived in the 2015 Indices of Multiple Deprivation. Wiltshire is ranked among the least deprived 50% in all domain summaries. It is ranked 91st in the scale of income deprivation and 93rd in the scale of employment deprivation. It is in the least deprived 10% in all four other summaries. 8.2.5 There are 281 LSOAs in Wiltshire and one area within the most deprived 10% nationally; this has worsened since 2007. The most deprived Wiltshire LSOA is in Salisbury St Martin – central. 8.2.6 The most prevalent form of deprivation in Wiltshire relates to barriers to housing and services. About 13% of the county’s LSOAs are within the most deprived 10% in England in this domain, the majority in the east or the south of the county. 8.2.7 Levels of deprivation might not seem significant when compared with other parts of England. However, the variations within Wiltshire are major, with some of the most affluent areas in the county being located right next to the very deprived, those in the bottom 20% of the national score. In addition, rural deprivation is difficult to qualify; given the higher than average proportion of the population living in rural communities in Wiltshire, it is likely that small pockets of rural deprivation will exist that are not highlighted by the IMD.

8.3 Accessibility 8.3.1 The term ‘accessibility’ can be used in relation to the provision of essential services and facilities to all members of the community, and also in relation to the physical environment and the physical barriers people may face in being able to move about their communities. At the moment there is no consistent data to provide information about the number of residential properties within 500 metres of key local services (defined as a post office, food shop, GP surgery, primary school, bank, ATM and pub).

65 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 8.3.2 Wiltshire’s communities include people from many different social, religious and cultural backgrounds and different sectors of the community generate different needs. Some groups only meet for worship, some also for teaching, whilst others might offer extensive social, welfare and cultural activities. Some groups have complex needs whilst other’s needs are simple. Equalities legislation generally makes it unlawful to discriminate against particular groups of people in employment and in accessing adult education and training. Most laws make it unlawful to discriminate in delivering goods and services, including transport provision. 8.3.3 Many of the services and facilities in the authority area are provided by agencies and organisations other than the council. However, their operations need to be accounted for within the development plan process. Service infrastructure such as gas, electricity, water and telecommunications are today considered essential for the every day quality of life of the community. Other services, such as schools, day care, health care and cultural and recreational opportunities help to meet necessary and important social needs. 8.3.4 In terms of physical accessibility, development proposals should include appropriate provision to allow ease of access for everybody, including provision of facilities for disabled people. All members of the community should be able to access buildings and their environs in a convenient manner – this includes people with disability and those with diminished mobility. 8.3.5 ‘Access for All’ policies are based on the principle of enabling everybody to move about their community without distinction between different categories of user. Such an inclusive approach has the potential to benefit a wide range of users, including wheelchair users, those with mobility, visual or hearing impairment, older people, those with hidden disabilities, those with learning difficulties, those with pushchairs and those encumbered by luggage or heavy shopping. 8.3.6 The ability of people to access places of work, learning, health care, shopping, leisure and exercise, and other opportunities can significantly impact on their way of life, and on their life chances. Schemes and initiatives to improve accessibility can encourage participation and retention in education, reduce inequalities in health and help people move from welfare into work.

Sustainable Community Strategy for Wiltshire 2007-2016 8.3.7 In September 2007, the Wiltshire Strategic Board published the Sustainable Community Strategy for Wiltshire. The Local Government Act 2000 made it a statutory duty to prepare a Community Strategy. More recently, the government has required them to be reshaped as sustainable community strategies, to re-emphasise the need for local leaders to develop a common vision for a more sustainable future for their area, through taking a more cross-disciplinary and integrated approach to social, economic and environmental issues. 8.3.8 Central and local government share the ambition to create sustainable communities, which embody the principles of sustainable development at the local level. These principles include taking local action to tackle global environmental challenges, while at the same time ensuring a vibrant local economy, good governance and a strong, responsible and healthy society. 8.3.9 The Sustainable Community Strategy provides the evidence for the Local Area Agreement outcomes in 2008. It also needs to be specific enough to inform, and be consistent with, the emerging LDF for Wiltshire. Further into the future, the strategy also needs to inform the government’s new cross- agency method of assessing local performance, which will be known as the comprehensive area assessment. 8.3.10 It is very important that future development of the LDF and associated sustainability appraisal takes account of this strategy, in order that policies are developed that result in sustainable communities that benefit everyone. 8.3.11 The strategy aims to achieve strong and sustainable communities in Wiltshire that will be better able to rise to the future challenges and pressures facing the county. They will have the following features:  Communities where people want to live and work. People are there by choice, and take pride in the distinctiveness of their towns and villages  Communities which are inclusive. People of different backgrounds, ages and beliefs feel a valued part of the community, not separate, marginalised or disadvantaged by, amongst other things, a lack of transport or affordable housing  Communities which are lively, busy places. People get together to tackle local concerns, to organise cultural events, and to socialise. People readily volunteer and feel encouraged to do so. There are many social ‘networks’ between individuals and families, which allow people to live active, varied and independent lives 66 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B  Communities where people feel safe, and are treated with respect  Communities which possess the skills and businesses to remain competitive, and generate enough jobs to meet local employment needs  Communities where children and young people enjoy life, and achieve their potential in and out of school  Communities which have effective political processes, characterised by trust and openness, high political participation, and effective working relations between public, voluntary and business sectors  Communities which actively promote the health of residents, and seek to reduce local health inequalities.

8.3.12 Strong and sustainable communities are also communities where current life styles do not threaten future ones. Such communities are informed about environmental issues, and are active in creating local solutions. In those communities, individuals, businesses and organisations will:  actively minimise their household and commercial waste  make travel decisions which minimise CO2 emissions, and the need to travel  make purchasing decisions that reflect the actual human and environmental costs of producing, using, and eventually disposing of goods and products, including purchasing local goods and services where this makes sense  adopt sustainable construction standards for new buildings, and seek to improve the  energy efficiency of existing buildings  protect and enhance land that has a high environmental or wildlife value  use water, and energy, wisely and sparingly.

8.4 Recreation and Culture 8.4.1 The importance of sport, recreation, leisure, tourism, arts and culture is well recognised as having benefits for residents and visitors and for contributing to economic prosperity. It is also recognised that future developments to improve facilities in Wiltshire must protect and enhance the environment to ensure that any benefits are maximised for current and future generations. 8.4.2 Opportunities for recreation and leisure can positively affect individuals and communities, helping bring people together and reducing health inequalities. Wiltshire contains a wide variety of outdoor and indoor sports and leisure facilities, libraries, art galleries, museums, theatres and country parks to suit a wide range of tastes.

8.5 Rural Areas 8.5.1 Rural communities make up 50% of Wiltshire’s population living in 95% of the geographic area. Rural areas are facing local challenges such as affordable housing, an ageing population, rural isolation, and lesser accessibility. Rural areas have undergone significant economic, social and demographic changes over the last thirty to forty years which has led to a countryside that is generally quite prosperous. Some key changes include the decline of the traditional sectors of employment and the in- migration of urban dwellers.

Rural Facilities Survey 2012

Journey to work, public transport34:

8.5.2 114 (35%) settlements have a level 1 journey-to-work service, and a further 186 (57%) settlements level 2 service. Overall 300 (93%) of the settlements have access to a level 1 or a level 2 journey-to- work service.

34 A Level 1 service requires that one service departs between 07:00 and 08:00 in the morning and another between 08:00 and 09:00. A return service must operate both between 17:00 and 18:00 and between 18:00 and 19:00. A Level 2 service requires that one service departs between 07:00 and 09:00 and a return service operates between 17:00 and 19:00. 67 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 8.5.3 45 of the large settlements (98%), 94 of the medium settlements (96%) and 161 of the small settlements (89%) have at least a level 2 journey-to-work service.

Post Office:

8.5.4 Nearly a quarter of the settlements surveyed have post offices located in them. 18 of these are independent post offices, and 62 of these are linked with another business, most commonly a general store.

Primary School:

8.5.5 Just over a third (34%) of the settlements surveyed has a primary school within them. 8.5.6 Three settlements (Bulford, Rowde and Market Lavington) each have two schools. In total 114 primary schools where found in the surveyed area.

General Food Shop:

8.5.7 38 of the large settlements (83%), 36 of the medium settlements (37%) and 14 (8%) of the small settlements have at least one general food shop. Overall, 27% of Wiltshire settlements have a general food shop. 8.5.8 In total, 67 out of the 324 rural Wiltshire Council settlements (21%) recorded three or four basic facilities. Two small villages (1%), 30 medium villages (31%) and 35 large villages (76%) have at last three basic facilities. 8.5.9 The survey concluded that since 1976, general stores, specialist shops and post offices have been in decline in the rural areas. While these stores have decreased mobile services have increased. Now large supermarkets can provide a near blanket mobile coverage of the whole rural area. However, to access these mobile services sufficient communication technology must be accessible. Two forms of communication, broadband and mobile phone coverage, have not yet reached adequate levels of provision in all rural settlements. 8.5.10 An alternative to the use of mobile services would be additional journeys to towns and other shopping centres. The reduction in fuelling stations in the rural areas could be taken as a sign that personal transport has not increased. However, the reduction in fuelling stations could also be taken as a sign that re-fuelling behaviours have changed; with more drivers re-fuelling in town locations where prices are known to be lower. Public transport provision has increased for the surveyed area and may have gone some way in protecting rural communities from the reduction in their local amenities. 8.5.11 Finally, the strong club and society presence and the mainly stable prevalence of places of worship, public houses and public halls may indicate a high level of cohesion in the rural communities. 8.5.12 Housing affordability has been an issue of concern for some Wiltshire residents who are contemplating entering the housing market for the first time. The average house price in rural Wiltshire was £295,800 in 2008 whilst in the urban area it was considerably lower at £195,800 (Land Registry 2008). Anecdotal evidence suggests that many younger people and those on lower incomes have been priced out of the villages and towns where they grew up. These trends raise a real threat to our ability to maintain and develop sustainable, mixed and inclusive rural communities. 8.5.13 Access to services in rural areas is also key to prosperous and sustainable communities. When essential services such as hospitals, education, food shop, post office or primary schools are not easily accessible, people run the risk of becoming being socially excluded, especially if they have limited mobility and public transportation is poor. According to the last Census (2001) most households in rural areas will have access to a car or a van but about 12% do not (a total of 10,089 households). 8.5.14 The Commission for Rural Communities’ Rural Data Series (2009) shows that:

 8% of rural households in Wiltshire live more than 6kms from a principal GP site and 4% live more than 14kms from a hospital.  2% of households in rural areas live more than 4km from a primary school, 31% live more than 6kms from a secondary school and 56% live more than 10kms from a principal job centre.  4% of households are more than 4kms from a post office, 30% are more than 4kms from a convenience store, 37% are more than 4kms from a supermarket and 30% are more than 4km from a free cash machine.  Analysis was carried out on Wiltshire Council’s People’s Voice surveys and there is no 68 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B discernible difference between the responses of people living in rural areas and those living in urban areas. However the Wiltshire Household survey 2009 shows some marked differences:  73% of respondents in Wiltshire’s rural areas felt that they were satisfied (very satisfied or fairly satisfied) with their home a place to live; a higher proportion than those living in urban areas (55%).  77% of respondents in Wiltshire’s rural areas said that they felt safe (very safe or fairly safe) in their local area after dark; a higher proportion than those living in urban areas (50%).  42% of respondents in Wiltshire’s rural areas felt that they were satisfied (very satisfied or fairly satisfied) with the local bus services; a lower proportion than those living in urban areas (51%).

8.6 House Prices in Wiltshire 8.6.1 Wiltshire is a popular area in which to live and its close proximity to several larger urban employment areas outside its boundary means that many people out-commute to better-paid jobs. This shows up in the difference between higher residence-based incomes, and somewhat lower Wiltshire work-based incomes. This same pattern feeds through into the affordability of house prices. Wiltshire has a higher house price to income ratio (9.5:1) than the nation (7.6:1) in 2016. 8.6.2 Wiltshire, along with Dorset and Bath and North East Somerset, has the biggest gap in the South West between the affordability of houses for resident and workplace employees. Latest figures show that due to the shortage of affordable housing in the county, 11,808 people are on the housing register in August 2010.

8.7 Health 8.7.1 The correlation between deprivation and poor health is well documented. In Type 2 diabetes, which is preventable in two thirds of people who have it, life expectancy is reduced by up to 10 years. It is estimated that around 90% of people with diabetes have type 2 diabetes, as opposed to type 1 diabetes, which is less preventable economic groups. 8.7.2 The rate of alcohol-related hospital admissions is higher in the south of the county, and there is a strong correlation with levels of deprivation, with almost twice the level of admissions in the more deprived areas in the county.

8.8 Local Involvement in Decision-Making 8.8.1 In resilient communities, residents have avenues open to them to express their opinions in a productive and positive manner. Results from the DCLG Place Survey 2008 showed that 31.7% of people in Wiltshire felt that they could influence decisions in their locality, compared to 29% nationally (NI 4). Although Wiltshire’s results compare favourably with the national average, nevertheless, supporting local decision-making still features in the Resilient Communities Partnership Strategic Plan 2010-2013.

8.9 Neighbourhood Planning 8.9.1 As of June 2017, there are 68 designated neighbourhood areas in Wiltshire. There are 12 made Plans and a further 9 have been formally submitted to the council. 8.9.2 Made Neighbourhood Plans:  Malmesbury, Brokenborough and St Paul Malmesbury Without  Compton Bassett  Downton  Freshford and Limpley Stoke  IdmistonAshton Keynes  Holt  Devizes  Potterne 69 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B  Urchfont  Warminster  Pewsey

8.10 Participation in Arts and Culture 8.10.1 Arts and culture make a significant contribution to the development of more resilient communities. A vibrant arts and culture community provides numerous benefits: enhances quality of life; creates jobs; acts as a catalyst for revitalising neighbourhoods and community development; builds opportunities for youth and education; and helps generate civic and community pride. In terms of return on investment in arts organisations, local research has shown that there is an £11 return for every £1 of public money invested.

70 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 9 Landscapes

9.1 Baseline Information 9.1.1 The collection of baseline information ensures that the sustainability appraisal process is based on a sound evidence base and provides the basis for predicting and monitoring any environmental or sustainability effects that may be identified during the sustainability appraisal stages. It is made clear in the sustainability appraisal guidance that a practical approach to the collection of baseline information is essential as there are opportunities to update the sustainability appraisal work in the future. The planning authority is encouraged to use existing data sources rather than to undertake original research.

9.2 Wiltshire’s Landscape 9.2.1 The quality of the landscape is recognised in the three Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONBs) that cover 45% of Wiltshire, with a small part of the New Forest National Park accounting for another 1%. This compares well to England as a whole, where AONBs cover only 15% of the land and National Parks account for another 8%. 9.2.2 Salisbury Plain covers a further 11% of Wiltshire. It does not fall within a protected landscape as it is actively used for military purposes, but it is protected under UK and European law for its wildlife. It is the largest area of open chalk grassland in northwest Europe and provides irreplaceable space for wildlife to flourish. 55% of the UK’s remaining chalk grassland is within Wiltshire.

9.3 Designated Landscapes in Wiltshire 9.3.1 The landscape of Wiltshire is highly valued with approximately 73% being designated for its national or local landscape importance i.e. Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty, Special Landscape Area and Green Belt. In addition a small area to the south east of Wiltshire is part of the New Forest National Park (Figure 9.1).

Table 9-1 - Designated Landscapes in Wiltshire Total Area AONB Green Belt SLA National Total (ha) (% total (% total (% total Park (% (%) area) area) area) total area)

East Wiltshire 96,670 66.3 - 20.6 - 86.9

North Wiltshire 76,770 22.8 2.3 4.2 - 29.3

South Wiltshire 100,410 46.1 - 46.0 3.1 95.2

West Wiltshire 51,690 29.4 10.0 30.8 - 70.2

Wiltshire 325,540 44.0 2.0 26.0 0.9 72.9

England 13,043,900 15.6 12.9 - 7.6 -

71 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Figure 9.1: Designated Landscapes in Wiltshire

9.4 Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB) 9.4.1 The AONB designation was first outlined in the National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act 1949, which also established the framework for national parks and the public rights of way network. The Countryside and Rights of Way (CRoW) Act 2000 strengthened the conservation and management of AONBs in partnership with local authorities. 9.4.2 The primary purpose of the AONB designation is to conserve and enhance the natural beauty of the landscape, with two secondary aims: meeting the need for quiet enjoyment of the countryside and having regard for the interests of those who live and work there. 9.4.3 The landscape of Wiltshire incorporates parts of three separate AONBs. These areas account for approximately 44 % of Wiltshire. The three areas are Cranborne Chase and West Wiltshire Downs AONB, North Wessex Downs AONB and Cotswolds AONB. 9.4.4 Cranborne Chase and West Wiltshire AONB was designated in 1983 and forms part of an extensive belt of chalkland which stretches across southern England. In Wiltshire the downland is characterised by smooth rounded downs, steeply cut combes and dry valleys. 9.4.5 North Wessex Downs AONB was designated in 1972 and is the third largest AONB. The landscape is predominantly chalk downland with dramatic scarp slopes and moulded dip slopes, but also includes contrasting landscapes such as intimate secluded valleys, the Savernake Forest wooded plateau and the low lying Vale of Pewsey. 9.4.6 The Cotswolds AONB is made up of a limestone arc stretching across England. It is the largest AONB in England and Wales and the majority of its area, 81%, is located in the south west. A small section (6%) of the AONB falls within Wiltshire and is characterised by dip-slope lowland forming a broad tract of gently sloping undulating landform draining south east towards the Thames basin. 72 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 9.5 Green Belt 9.5.1 There are five purposes of including land in green belts:  To check the unrestricted sprawl of large built-up areas;  To prevent neighbouring towns from merging into one another;  To assist in safeguarding the countryside from encroachment;  To preserve the setting and special character of historic towns; and  To assist in urban regeneration, by encouraging the recycling of derelict and other urban land.

9.5.2 A small section of the Bath/Bristol green belt extends into Wiltshire, known as the Western Wiltshire Green Belt. The purpose of the green belt is to check the unrestricted sprawl of urban development of Bristol and Bath and other towns and villages in the area. In Wiltshire the green belt safeguards the countryside against further encroachment and preserves the historic character of Bradford on Avon by preventing its coalescence with Trowbridge.

9.6 Special Landscape Areas (SLAs) 9.6.1 A special landscape area is a non statutory designation used by local government to identify naturally beautiful sensitive landscapes in order to protect them through policy from development or other man- made influences. 9.6.2 In Wiltshire there are seven special landscape areas covering 26% of the area. While they are highly valued locally it is acknowledged that roads, infrastructure development and minerals extraction may need to be accommodated in SLAs.

9.7 New Forest National Park 9.7.1 An area to the south east of Wiltshire now forms part of the New Forest National Park. This designation seeks to conserve the wildlife, physical characteristics, cultural heritage, landscape qualities and amenity interest of the New Forest. 9.7.2 The New Forest National Park Authority acquired its full statutory powers, functions and responsibilities in April 2006

9.8 Landscape Character 9.8.1 England has been divided into areas with similar landscape character, which are called National Character Areas (NCAs); previously known as Joint Character Areas (JCAs). 9.8.2 The Character of England Landscape, Wildlife and Cultural Features Map produced in 2005 by Natural England, with support from English Heritage, was an update to the 1996 map. This map subdivides England into 159 NCAs and provides a picture of the differences in landscape character at the national scale. 9.8.3 The State of the Countryside 2008 report (Commission for Rural Communities, 2008) found that for the period 1999-2003, 61% of England’s countryside character areas were diverging; that is, the character of the area was being transformed, with new patterns of settlement developing. The remaining 39% of the character areas were judged as maintained with the precious character of settlement remaining predominant in the landscape. 9.8.4 In comparison The State of the Countryside 2004 report (Countryside Agency, 2004) found that about 42% of England’s landscapes were either stable or showed changes that were consistent with existing character area descriptions and that 58% showed changes that were marked and inconsistent with these descriptions. This shows that the rate of change inconsistent with countryside character is increasing. 9.8.5 In December 2005 the Wiltshire Landscape Character Assessment (LCA) was published to provide a baseline for the county. The LCA provides detailed analysis, description and classification of the landscape into generic ‘types’ and their sub-component ‘areas’ (see Figure 7.2). The study confirmed that Wiltshire is largely of strong character and good condition and around a third of Wiltshire’s landscape is in moderate condition, with none in poor condition. Strategy objectives have been developed including preserving current landscape (conservation) in areas of strong character and 73 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B encouraging restoration and strengthening in areas of moderate landscape quality. 9.8.6 Part of Wiltshire is covered by Historic Landscape Characterisation Studies (North Wessex Downs and Cranborne Chase and West Wilts Downs AONBs) and the influence of cultural heritage on the evolution and character of the landscape should be recognised as both significant and highly valuable 9.8.7 Detailed Landscape Character Assessments at 1:25,000 have been undertaken by all AONBs, the Cotswold Water Park, Defence Estates for Salisbury Plain and the former district councils.

9.9 Tranquillity 9.9.1 The Campaign for the Protection of Rural England (CPRE) has developed a tranquility measurement tool, which allows the likelihood of experiencing tranquillity to be mapped. Local authorities should use the tool when preparing Local Development Frameworks and making decisions about planning applications. 9.9.2 CPRE has also calculated tranquillity scores for English local authorities and these range from +28.6 in Northumberland to -79.5 in Slough. Wiltshire scored +3.04 and is ranked 10th out of 87 authorities.

74 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 10 Land and Soil Resources

10.1 Baseline Information 10.1.1 The collection of baseline information ensures that the SA process is based on a sound evidence base and provides the basis for predicting and monitoring any environmental or sustainability effects that may be identified during the SA stages. It is made clear in the SA guidance that a practical approach to the collection of baseline information is essential as there are opportunities to update the SA work in the future. The planning authority is encouraged to use existing data sources rather than to undertake original research.

10.2 Soils 10.2.1 There is very little data available on the quality of soils at the national or local level. Soils share an interdependent relationship with the air and water environments, which can sometimes lead to contamination of watercourses from soil through surface runoff. Conversely soils can be damaged by deposition from the air or water. It is hoped that over time this part of the evidence base will grow as research into this area continues and more data becomes available. 10.2.2 During the period 1990-2005, the presence of nitrates found in water samples has seen a significant increase, partly due to use of agricultural fertilisers. However, levels of phosphates show a reduction over the same period.

Best and Most Versatile Agricultural Land 10.2.3 Productive agricultural land which can consistently provide good crop yields is a valuable resource, which is likely to become increasing important in the future as demand for food increases and lower quality soils fail to yield crops as the effects of climate change are experienced. The importance of high quality agricultural land has long been recognised; hence the UK has been mapped using the Agricultural Land Classification (ALC), which grades land on a scale 1-5. Grades 1-3a are termed Best and Most Versatile (BMV) agricultural land as the land which is most flexible, productive and efficient in response to inputs and which can best deliver future crops for food and non-food uses such as biomass and fibres35. 10.2.4 Development has the potential to remove BMV land from production. Natural England requires consultation for applications involving the loss of 20ha or more BMV land. Given the low availability of brownfield land for development in Wiltshire, many of the allocations are likely to fall to Greenfield sites.

Effective Use of Land 10.2.5 The NPPF states that ‘planning policies and decisions should make effective use of land, promote mixed use developments that create more vibrant places, and encourage multiple benefits from the use of land in urban and rural areas, recognising that some open land can perform many functions (such as for wildlife, recreation, flood risk mitigation, carbon storage, or food production)’. The NPPF does not set a national target for developing previously developed land. 10.2.6 Employment completions on previously developed land accounted for 72.6% of total development across Wiltshire.

35 Natural England (2009) Agricultural land Classification: Best and Most Versatile Agricultural Land http://naturalengland.etraderstores.com/NaturalEnglandShop/product.aspx?ProductID=88ff926a-3177-4090-aecb-00e6c9030b29 75 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Table 10-1 - New and Converted Dwellings on Previously Developed Land in Wiltshire

Area Greenfield/Brownfield 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011

East Greenfield 2.4% 30.8% 9.7% 29.4% 51.6% Wiltshire Brownfield 97.6% 69.2% 90.3% 70.6% 48.4%

North Greenfield 39.0% 29.8% 18.9% 10.5% 18.5% Wiltshire Brownfield 61.0% 70.2% 81.1% 89.5% 81.5%

South Greenfield 42.3% 60.9% 52.2% 71.1% 80.0% Wiltshire Brownfield 57.7% 39.1% 47.8% 28.9% 20.0%

West Greenfield 52.3% 35.7% 40.4% 38.9% 46.1% Wiltshire Brownfield 47.7% 64.3% 59.6% 61.1% 53.9%

Wiltshire Greenfield 37.0% 37.1% 30.6% 39.9% 49.1%

Brownfield 63.0% 62.9% 69.4% 60.1% 50.9%

Source: Wiltshire Council Land Use Monitoring System

10.2.7 Using land efficiently through setting appropriate housing densities for development ensures that no more land than is necessary is used for a development. This is a particular issue in Wiltshire as a relatively low. 10.2.8 Trends in Wiltshire and the three principal settlements of Salisbury, Trowbridge and Chippenham are shown in the following table:

Table 10-2 - Percentage of New Dwellings Completed at 1) less than 30 dwellings per hectare (dph), 2) between 30 and 50 dwellings per hectare (dph), 3) above 50 dwellings per hectare (dph) Area Completed at 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011

Wiltshire Less than 30 dph 22.0% 22.1% 23.5% 32.8% 51.6%

Between 30 and 50 dph 49.9% 43.9% 34.8% 34.5% 23.9%

Above 50 dph 28.2% 33.9% 41.7% 32.7% 24.5%

Average - 24.7dph 29.8dph 25.7dph 23.4dph

Chippenham Average - 60.7dph 64.2dph 54.5dph 46.3dph

Salisbury Average - 90.6dph 42.9dph 39.4dph 29.9dph

Trowbridge Average - 42.6dph 44.0dph 39.6dph 31.0dph

Source: Wiltshire Council Land Use Monitoring System

76 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 10.3 Contaminated Land 10.3.1 In 2010, Wiltshire Council produced an Inspection Strategy for Contaminated Land. It states that the process of inspecting and identifying contaminated land is ongoing. Seven sites of potential concern have been identified to date and will require further investigation. Two sites have been declared as contaminated land and confirmed as ‘special sites’, which means that the Environment Agency (not the local authority) is responsible for taking action to address them. Further information can be obtained from: http://www.wiltshire.gov.uk/pollutionandnoise/contaminatedland.htm

10.4 Waste 10.4.1 The amount of municipal waste arising for the contract year April 2014 to March 2015 was 257,469 tonnes. The majority of commercial premises are serviced by private contractors, although the council collects some commercial waste. An accurate total picture of waste production in the county is therefore not currently available. 10.4.2 According to data collated by the Wiltshire Intelligence Network36, the total municipal solid waste collected in Wiltshire (excluding Swindon) increased until 2004/05, declined for several years but rose slightly in Wiltshire in 2011/12 and has seen increases in 2013/14 and 2014/2015. Overall, Wiltshire performs well against other areas, recycling or composting 46.5% of it's municipal waste37.

Figure 10-1 - Municipal Solid Waste (MSW)

10.4.3 Of the municipal waste collected, 113,893 tonnes was diverted from landfill through reuse and recycling, resulting in a diversion rate of 44.24% for 2014/15. This figure has decreased by 1.68% from the 45.92% reported in 2013/14. 10.4.4 In addition to the 113,893 tonnes shown above, a further 107,834 tonnes was diverted from landfill to recovery through Energy from Waste (EfW). This material consists of 10,488 tonnes of wood processed for bio-fuel; and two separate contracts which supplied black bag household waste to the Northacre RRC, and the Lakeside EfW facility. The inclusion of this tonnage increases the landfill diversion rate to 221,727 tonnes (86.12%) for 2014/5.The total amount of municipal waste collected for 2014/15 has increased by 3,575 tonnes (1.43%) compared to 2013/14.

36 http://www.intelligencenetwork.org.uk/environment/waste-and-pollution/ 37 http://wiltshirejsa.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/Environment-Datapackv2.pdf 77 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B Figure 10-2 - Dry Recycling and Composting as Percentage of Household Waste

10.4.5 The amount of dry recycling and composting as a percentage of household waste has remained fairly consistent over the last five years at approximately 45%. This has increased from approximately 40% in the previous three years.

Wiltshire and Swindon Waste Core Strategy 2006-2026 10.4.6 The Wiltshire and Swindon Waste Core Strategy 2006-2026 contains much of the current information that is available regarding waste in Wiltshire and Swindon and should be referred to for further detail. It can be viewed or downloaded at: http://www.wiltshire.gov.uk/mineralsandwastepolicy.htm 10.4.7 The development of the evidence base that underpins the Minerals and Waste Development Framework revealed a number of key issues that the Waste Core Strategy must address. The key ‘drivers of change’ relating to the future of waste management in Wiltshire and Swindon are outlined below.

Key Issue 1: Substantial Population Growth in Wiltshire and Swindon and the Need for Additional Waste Management Capacity

10.4.8 The projected population growth will lead to pressure on resources and a need to plan for additional waste management capacity.

Key Issue 2: Identifying Future Site Locations, Rationalising the Framework of Waste Management Sites and the Environmental Importance of Wiltshire and Swindon

10.4.9 The decisions made in terms of locating future waste management facilities must have regard to the significant number of environmental designations in Wiltshire. Due to the rich and diverse environment of Wiltshire and Swindon suitable site locations are likely to be limited and hence difficult decisions will have to be taken in terms of where sites will be located. This is particularly true of south Wiltshire where there are limited waste management facilities.

Key Issue 3: The Approach to Waste Management in Wiltshire and Swindon

10.4.10 The approach to waste management in Wiltshire and Swindon is another issue that must be resolved. Reducing the amount of waste produced in Wiltshire and Swindon and driving waste up the management hierarchy are important issues. The approach consumers and producers take to address these challenging tasks are also key considerations. 10.4.11 The Waste Site Allocations Development Plan Document (DPD) builds upon policies in the Wiltshire and Swindon Waste Core Strategy and identifies broad locations for future waste management facilities. It links to the Aggregate Minerals Site Allocations DPD with regard to providing sites for aggregate recycling facilities. Refer to the draft waste sites allocations DPD for further information on specific sites throughout Wiltshire.

78 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 10.4.12 Policy WCS3 of the Wiltshire and Swindon Waste Core Strategy identifies a need to deliver the following capacities through the Waste Site Allocations DPD.

Table 10-3 - Capacity Allocated within the Waste Core Strategy Policy WCS3 to be Delivered in the Waste Site Allocations DPD Waste Stream Capacity to be Delivered as at 2006 (tpa)

Municipal  54,000 tonnes per annum (tpa) of treatment capacity for municipal waste management for Wiltshire and Swindon  Three HRCs, a MRF and a composting facility for the management of Wiltshire’s municipal waste  Suitable municipal waste management facilities in Swindon to achieve the target of 50% recycling by 2010

Industrial and  915,870 cubic metres of void space capacity for the management of industrial and commercial waste Commercial  250,000 tpa of treatment capacity for industrial and commercial waste management for Wiltshire and Swindon  150,000 tpa of recycling capacity for industrial and commercial waste management for Wiltshire and Swindon.

Inert  950,000 cubic metres of void space capacity for the management of inert waste  90,000 tpa of transfer capacity for the management of inert waste in Wiltshire and Swindon.

10.4.13 However, the requirements set out in Policy WCS3 were established using a base date of 2006. Since then a number of waste management facilities have been permitted increasing the existing capacity for the plan area. The following table illustrates the changes to the capacity gap as identified through annual monitoring of planning applications.

Table 10- 4 - Additional Permitted Waste Management Capacity in Wiltshire and Swindon 2006 - 2010 Waste Stream Type of Facility Capacity (tpa)

Municipal Waste Treatment  60,000 tpa (in Wiltshire of which only  38,000 tpa of biodegradable waste diverted from landfill)

Outdoor Composting 45,050 tpa

Recycling 28,000 tpa

Industrial and Waste Treatment 127,000 tpa commercial Recycling 91,538 tpa

Landfill 552,666 cubic metres

Inert Recycling / Transfer 96,730 tpa

Landfill 988,000 cubic metres

10.4.14 The following table shows the revised capacity gap figures that the councils need to provide for.

79 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B

Table 10-5 Waste Stream Capacity to be Delivered (tpa)

Municipal  -6,000 tpa of treatment capacity for municipal waste management for Swindon  A HRC and a MRF for the management of Wiltshire’s municipal waste  Suitable municipal waste management facilities in Swindon to continue achieving the target of 50% recycling and to meet the objectives of the Swindon Municipal Waste Strategy.

Industrial and  363,204 cubic metres of void space capacity for the management of industrial and commercial waste Commercial  123,000 tpa of treatment capacity for industrial and commercial waste management for Wiltshire and Swindon  58,462 tpa of recycling capacity for industrial and commercial waste management for Wiltshire and Swindon.

Inert  0 cubic metres of void space capacity for the management of inert waste  0 tpa of transfer capacity for the management of inert waste in Wiltshire and Swindon.

80 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 11 Population and Housing Baseline

11.1 Baseline Information 11.1.1 The collection of baseline information ensures that the sustainability appraisal process is based on a sound evidence base and provides the basis for predicting and monitoring any environmental or sustainability effects that may be identified during the sustainability appraisal stages. It is made clear in the sustainability appraisal guidance that a practical approach to the collection of baseline information is essential as there are opportunities to update the sustainability appraisal work in the future. The planning authority is encouraged to use existing data sources rather than to undertake original research.

11.2 Population 11.2.1 Although the south west region covers the largest territory of any of the regions in England at 23,837 square kilometres, it is home to a relatively modest population of approximately 5 million. The estimated population for Wiltshire (excluding Swindon) in March 2011 was 470,981, which actually represents a relatively low population density compared with the national average, the region and surrounding areas. Over the period Census 2001 to Census 2011, Wiltshire’s population growth was 8.8%, higher than England’s at 7.9% and higher still than the South West’s growth at 7.3%. Wiltshire’s growth rate was the fourth largest in the region and, with only Swindon, Bristol and Bournemouth in the region having higher growth rates, the highest of any of the rural authorities in the South West.

Table 11-1 - Population Density, 2011, Period: Mar11 Variable Measure Wiltshire South West England

1 2 All Usual Residents (Persons) Count 470,981 5,288,935 53,012,456

1 2 Area (Hectares) (Areas) ha 325,534 2,383,736 13,027,843

1 2 Density (Number of Persons per Hectare) (Persons) Rate 1.4 2.2 4.1

Last Updated: 30 January 2013 Source: Office for National Statistics

11.2.2 The Census 2011 estimates show that compared to averages in the South West and England, Wiltshire has a higher percentage (18.0%) of its total population under the age of 15 years. It also shows that, compared to England, Wiltshire has a relatively high percentage of its total population at retirement age and above (21.5%), although slightly less than the South West average (23.1%). The combination of these two facts means that Wiltshire has a relatively low percentage of its population at working age (60.4%). As a result of this Wiltshire has a dependency ratio of 65.44, higher than the South West at 65.15 and England at 58.89. 11.2.3 As the ratio increases there is an increased pressure on the economically active part of the population to maintain the welfare of the economically dependent. This is, to a large extent, a national issue in terms of education, health service and pension provision. Parliament, however, note that for our ‘older’ populations: “the greater part of care and support is provided by carers such as spouses, partners, family members, friends and neighbours”. Informal care and support is, therefore, especially important in Wiltshire. Wiltshire’s population is set to increase by 48,800 persons between Census 2011 and 2026, an increase of just over 10.4%. However, it is the composition of such growth that is going to pose what is likely to be the greatest challenge to Wiltshire over the forthcoming decades.

11.3 The Ageing Population 11.3.1 Wiltshire’s population is projected to increase to 511,100 persons in 2026. The under 16 years of age population is projected to increase from 83,000 to 84,400 persons, whilst the working age population, aged 16 to 64 for males and 16 to 59 for females, is projected to increase slightly from 274,900 persons

81 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B to 277,200 persons. 11.3.2 With only a 3,700 person increase in the sub-retirement age population, Wiltshire’s projected 12% total population increase over the next two decades will be almost entirely (94.4%) accounted for by our retirement age population. This poses Wiltshire with an extremely significant ‘ageing population’ challenge. 11.3.3 The fastest population increase has been, and will continue to be, in the number of people aged 85 years and over. There are currently more than twice as many females than males in this population group. The number of males aged 85 years and over is projected to increase by 137.8% during the period 2009 to 2026, compared to an increase of only 69.1% for females of the same age group over the same period. In total, the number of Wiltshire’s residents aged over 85 years is projected to increase from 11,800 persons in 2009 to 22,500 persons in 2026. 11.3.4 The cost of adult social care is known to rise significantly for this population group. Wiltshire’s Working- Age Population (WAP) is projected to decrease from 58.9% to 55.4% of total population and Wiltshire’s Retirement-Age Population (RAP) is projected to increase by almost half again from 21.6% to 29.3% of total population from 2009 to 2026. This will result in enormous pressure on public sector resources to care for Wiltshire’s older population in the future.

Table 11-2 - Age Structure, 2011 (KS102EW), Period: Mar11 Variable Measure Wiltshire South West England

All Usual Residents 2 1 Count 470,981 5,288,935 53,012,456 (Persons)

1 2 Age 0 to 4 (Persons) % 6.0 5.6 6.3

1 2 Age 5 to 7 (Persons) % 3.5 3.1 3.4

1 2 Age 8 to 9 (Persons) % 2.3 2.0 2.2

1 2 Age 10 to 14 (Persons) % 6.2 5.6 5.8

1 2 Age 15 (Persons) % 1.3 1.2 1.2

1 2 Age 16 to 17 (Persons) % 2.6 2.4 2.5

1 2 Age 18 to 19 (Persons) % 2.3 2.6 2.6

1 2 Age 20 to 24 (Persons) % 5.2 6.3 6.8

1 2 Age 25 to 29 (Persons) % 5.4 5.8 6.9

1 2 Age 30 to 44 (Persons) % 19.4 18.8 20.6

1 2 Age 45 to 59 (Persons) % 20.9 20.1 19.4

1 2 Age 60 to 64 (Persons) % 6.6 6.8 6.0

1 2 Age 65 to 74 (Persons) % 9.6 10.1 8.6

1 2 Age 75 to 84 (Persons) % 6.0 6.6 5.5

1 2 Age 85 to 89 (Persons) % 1.6 1.9 1.5

1 2 Age 90 and Over (Persons) % 0.9 1.0 0.8

1 2 Mean Age (Persons) y 40.8 41.6 39.3

1 2 Median Age (Persons) y 42 42 39 Last Updated: 30 January 2013 Source: Office for National Statistics

82 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 11.4 The Military Population 11.4.1 Wiltshire is notable for the scale of its military presence, which is one of the largest in any county in the UK. The Salisbury Plain Training Area (SPTA) covers 150 square miles. 11.4.2 Military personnel make up some 3% of the total population of Wiltshire. Including personnel and dependants an estimated 30,000 people are thought to be living in Wiltshire related to the military. The distribution of the personnel is inconsistent across Wiltshire with a number of wards seeing a military population over 20%. This is most pronounced around Salisbury Plain, where the Headquarters 43 (Wessex) Brigade is based due to the extensive training area. The wards of Tidworth, Bulford, Durrington, Upavon and Warminster East all include significant military populations peaking at 75% in Tidworth. 11.4.3 The nature of military deployment in Wiltshire is undergoing substantial changes. 11.4.4 Major new developments are being planned and built at a number of locations across the county. Nevertheless, in general the changes can be described as a rationalisation of facilities and in some cases personnel. The development of the Salisbury Plain Super Garrison is likely to see a significant increase in military personnel and their dependants in this part of Wiltshire alongside increasing the stability in military life. However, the effects of the closure and potential re-use of RAF Lyneham and a number of other facilities and installations is as yet unknown. 11.4.5 The Defence Infrastructure Organisation (DIO) produced a Salisbury Plain Masterplan, which was recognised by the Wiltshire Council Strategic Planning Committee on 30 July 2014 as a critical background document to be taken into account in the next phase of focused planning applications. The Salisbury Plain Masterplan sets out proposed developments to accommodate the 4, 3 0 0 extra personnel and their families relocating to the Salisbury Plain area.

11.5 Housing 11.5.1 In Wiltshire the local housing market is unbalanced. There are too few homes available which people in local communities can afford. Often these shortages are more keenly felt in smaller rural communities which mean people cannot live where they work or where they grew up. A shortage of homes at the right price and in the right place has an impact upon Wiltshire in several ways - it can affect the social health and well being of households who are forced to live in homes which are too small, in poor condition and do not offer long term security and has an effect on the economy and sustainability of communities. 11.5.2 Having access to affordable, quality homes is important for social and economic wellbeing and the health of children and families. It can also play an important role in promoting economic growth; low rates of house building lead to a restriction of labour mobility which can, as a result, constrain productivity. Wiltshire needs to respond to increasing demand and the need to supply a responsive housing stock.

11.6 Efficient Use of Land 11.6.1 Setting appropriate housing densities for development ensures that land is used efficiently and that greenfield land take is kept to a minimum. This is a particular issue in Wiltshire as the county is rural in nature and there is a relatively low amount of previously developed land available for development. 11.6.2 It is also essential that the density of development is appropriate to context and place. Design and density are closely interrelated and it is essential that design solutions are encouraged which will achieve higher density levels wherever possible. It should also be ensured that the density of development is not at the expense of high quality living environments or private amenity space. 11.6.3 Evidence on density in Wiltshire can be found in the monitoring of new development.

11.7 Mixed and Balanced Communities 11.7.1 The 2011 SHMA estimated the housing in Wiltshire to be 3,862 new households per annum. The implication of this level of housing need is to support a 40% target for affordable housing. 11.7.2 The SHMA found that the locations where affordable supply is lowest in relation to need are, not surprisingly the rural areas: North and Central rural and South rural, where supply is below 20% of the annual need. Salisbury Plain, a mixed urban and rural area has an equally low supply. Among towns, the lowest supply is found in Trowbridge (21%). The County average is that 38% of the need is met by annual supply.

83 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 11.7.3 Wiltshire has highly rural population: about two thirds of all households live in rural areas, compared with a fifth as the national average. Rural areas show the strongest polarity of incomes being home to both relatively low income households and high income ones typically involving long distance commuters. This is combined with a larger older population. Rural households register much greater difficulty in accessing services, a common pattern throughout the country. 11.7.4 With regards to affordable housing the conclusion is that in current market conditions, there is a requirement for around 1,360 new affordable dwellings in Wiltshire each year. 11.7.5 By 2026 the composition of Wiltshire's older age groups will have changed dramatically. There will be a higher proportion of the older age groups, including the over 85s, and double the number of older disabled people. It is therefore important that new homes are suitable to meet the needs of households in the future including an ageing population. Overall it is estimated that 41,465 households in Wiltshire have one or more members in an identified support needs group – this represents 21.5% of all households. It should be noted that a household found to have a support need will not necessarily need to move to alternative accommodation. 11.7.6 Innovative housing schemes which assist older and vulnerable people to live securely and independently in sustainable locations with good access to local services will need to be encouraged and supported. The layout, form and orientation of development should consider adaptability to change as an integral part of the design at the outset. Development proposals should demonstrate how accessibility and adaptability are addressed. The provision of sufficient new accommodation for vulnerable and older people, including nursing accommodation, residential homes and extra care facilities should also be encouraged and supported. Such accommodation should be provided in sustainable locations, where there is an identified need, within settlements (normally in the principal settlements and market towns) where there is good access to services and facilities.

11.8 Affordable Housing 11.8.1 Access to the owner occupied market is heavily restricted by rising house prices with increases exceeding local income inflation. The relationship between local incomes and the realistic supply of the cheapest stock available exacerbates the affordability problem within Wiltshire. 11.8.2 In Wiltshire there has been a gradual deterioration in affordability, determined by the ratio of lower quartile house price to lower quartile income. According to government figures, the 2010 affordability index for Wiltshire was 8.57 - higher than the Southwest and England average. This is illustrated in the table below - if a multiplier of 3.5 is assumed in order to secure a mortgage, then based on the average income a resident would be able to afford £86,954.

Table 11-3 - Affordability Index for England, South-West and Wiltshire 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010

England 4.72 5.23 6.28 6.82 7.15 7.25 6.97 6.28 6.69

South West 6.37 7.11 8.18 8.58 8.51 8.94 8.75 7.63 8.17

Wiltshire 7.19 8.03 8.84 8.50 8.76 9.16 8.58 8.09 8.57

Source: HM Land Registry House Prices 2010 / ONS Annual Survey of Hours & Earnings 2010

11.8.3 Income is a key driver of demand and is a core factor in the assessment of the scale of housing need and in determining affordability in local housing markets. The average house price for all properties during July 2010 was £223,043. Since 2003 the average price of all properties has risen by 33%. Entry level stock, terraced properties have increased by 30% and flats / maisonettes have increased by 32% between 2003 and 2010. 11.8.4 However, the impact of the recession on house prices was significant. As confidence was lost in the banking and financial sectors as a result of bad debt, house prices plummeted from the end of 2007 through to their lowest point in the spring of 2009. House prices in Wiltshire then began to recover, rising slowly through 2010 and 2011, before again dropping slightly in 2012. Average (median) house prices in Wiltshire were only 2% higher in 2012 than they had been in 2007. 11.8.5 The overall recovery of house prices since the low point in 2009 has exacerbated the affordability issues faced by first time buyers in Wiltshire, although indications of improved lending by the banks and the

84 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B availability of low-cost home ownership products offer encouragement to those seeking to buy their first home. Numbers of sales were also approximately 5% higher in 2012 than in 2010, suggesting a slightly larger available market. 11.8.6 The median house price in 2012 in Wiltshire, for all types of property, was £200,000.

Table 11-4 Property type July 2003 July 2010 % Change

Detached £259,102 £307,556 +19

Semi-detached £150,845 £193,966 +29

Terraced £125,896 £163,525 +30

Flat £99,509 £131,097 +32

All properties £167,905 £223,043 +33

11.8.7 There is considerable variation in house prices within Wiltshire. In 2012, the highest median property price was in Marlborough community area (£307,500) and the lowest was in Westbury community area (£158,500): a difference of £149,000. 11.8.8 House prices in the Wiltshire region of the country tend to be higher than the national average. The attractiveness of the area as a whole keeps the housing market competitive and property prices up, despite the recent difficulties in the market. When looking at Wiltshire’s immediate neighbours, Wiltshire’s house prices are average (median) within this area. This reflects the attractive housing stock and environment and the county’s accessibility to major centres of employment, which keeps the housing marketing competitive for those that live and work in the county and those that commute to Bristol, Swindon and along the M4 to London

11.9 Homelessness 11.9.1 The total number of homeless acceptances for Wiltshire is far higher than for any of our neighbouring local authorities. However, in terms of a rate Wiltshire had 2.2 homelessness acceptances per 1,000 households which is on par with Swindon, South Gloucestershire and Mendip; lower than South Somerset, but higher than Bath and North East Somerset or Cotswold. 11.9.2 In Wiltshire from 2007-2008 to 2009-2010 the three main causes of homelessness were and still are:  being asked to leave by parents  termination of assured shorthold tenancies  relationship breakdown.

11.9.3 These are consistent with the national and South West homeless figures.

11.10 Rural Housing 11.10.1 Wiltshire Council is working with parish councils to identify the housing needs of local people. 11.10.2 Households in parishes are being asked to take part in a survey that will give up-to-date information about local housing circumstances and aspirations. This information will be used to help the council develop its housing and planning policies to best meet these needs, including whether there is a local need for affordable housing in parishes and, if so, of what size and type.

85 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 12 Transport

12.1 Baseline Information 12.1.1 The collection of baseline information ensures that the sustainability appraisal process is based on a sound evidence base and provides the basis for predicting and monitoring any environmental or sustainability effects that may be identified during the sustainability appraisal stages. It is made clear in the sustainability appraisal guidance that a practical approach to the collection of baseline information is essential as there are opportunities to update the sustainability appraisal work in the future. The planning authority is encouraged to use existing data sources rather than to undertake original research.

12.2 Background Information 12.2.1 The large area covered by the county, and its geographic position in relation to nearby major economic centres, results in a wide range of transport related problems and issues which need addressing and resolving. Due to its rural nature, the area has a vast network of country lanes and other rural routes, many of which have evolved from historic tracks or droving routes. Consequently, many of these routes are unsuitable for coping with modern day traffic, particularly HGVs. Wiltshire Council has the opportunity to limit the impact of traffic in rural areas, through such measures as the introduction of speed limits in rural communities and working with freight operators. 12.2.2 Land use planning has a key role in delivering the Government’s integrated transport strategy. By shaping the pattern of development and influencing the location, scale, density, design and mix of land uses, planning can help to reduce the need to travel, reduce the length of journeys and make it safer and easier for people to access jobs, shopping, leisure facilities and services by public transport, walking, and cycling. Consistent application of these planning policies will help to reduce some of the need for car journeys by reducing the physical separation of key land uses and enabling people to make sustainable transport choices. 12.2.3 However, distortion of costs caused by decisions in other policy areas, such as health and education, must be taken into account. For example, as health facilities have become more centralised to achieve economies of scale, access has become increasingly car-oriented. Likewise, policies giving parents a choice of school have complicated travel patterns and increased car travel. The result has been to shift the cost of access away from the institution onto the individual. So while infrastructure provision may appear cheaper on paper, by externalising the transport costs it is often those in society who are least able to pay who are picking up the bill. 12.2.4 New development proposed as part of the Core Strategy will be predominantly centred on the principle towns of Chippenham, Trowbridge and Salisbury where a greater degree of self containment can be achieved. However, some growth will also occur in the other market towns and smaller towns and villages. The continuation of high house prices and the increasing trend towards single person households may also contribute to greater commuting distances and more dispersed transport needs.

12.3 Wiltshire's Transport Network 12.3.1 Wiltshire Council is responsible for maintaining 4,381 km of road in the county. Previous under investment provided to the former County Council for road maintenance, as well as increased wear and tear on the highway network through increased traffic volumes, has led to sections of the network being below national standards for structural condition and skid resistance. Road maintenance also often leads to acute local congestion and increased journey time unreliability; which can have a major detrimental effect on the local economy. 12.3.2 Some of the main highway routes in the county are unsuited to the volume and weight of traffic carried and this has given rise to some local congestion, relatively low inter-urban journey speeds and journey time reliability issues. This has resulted in some societal impacts such as community severance and environmental impacts in terms of increases in vehicle emissions and air pollution. In both urban communities and rural areas, such conditions can devalue the quality of life and act as a major inhibitor to walking and cycling through increased and perceived dangers, and to public

86 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B transport by increasing journey times on services.

12.4 Air Quality 12.4.1 Local authorities have a duty under the Environment Act 1995 to review and assess local air quality within their areas against a set of health-based objectives for a number of specific air pollutants. Where exceedences of these objectives are identified, authorities are then required to declare an Air Quality Management Area (AQMA) and to prepare an Air Quality Action Plan (AQAP) setting out measures they intend to introduce in order to reduce concentrations of air pollutants. 12.4.2 While air quality across Wiltshire is generally good, AQMAs have been declared in a number of locations as a result of air pollution caused by traffic. The latest Air Quality Action Planning Progress Report integrates the reporting duties for the former district councils into a single document and shows progress on implementing the respective AQAPs; the council is currently working towards the integration of these currently separate AQAPs into a single document. Regular and ongoing dialogue on air quality issues is achieved through the Wiltshire Local Air Quality Management Officers Working Group. 12.4.3 A Wiltshire Air Quality Strategy for the period 2011 to 2015 has been produced. For more information please see the ‘Air Quality’ section of the baseline information.

12.5 Car Ownership 12.5.1 Car ownership has a direct impact on the ability of individuals to access key goods, services and employment. Car ownership is expected to continue to increase in the UK as incomes rise, cars become more affordable, more women learn to drive and households become smaller. There is a saturation point in car ownership, but we have not yet reached this in the UK. 12.5.2 The car is the main form of transport for most people: some 40% of households in Wiltshire have access to two or more cars compared with the average in England of 29.5%, and 60.5% of all journeys to work are by car compared to the South West average of 58.7% (Census, 2001). 12.5.3 Car usage in Wiltshire is expected to rise by nearly a third at 28% by 2025. However there is a significant minority of households who don’t own a car and not everyone living in a car owning household is able to rely on having access to a car for all of their travel needs.

Table 12-1 - Car or Van Availability, 2011, Period: Mar11 South Variable Measure Wiltshire England West

1 2 All Households (Households) Count 194,194 2,264,641 22,063,368

1 2 No Cars or Vans in Household (Households) Count 28,660 428,093 5,691,251

1 2 No Cars or Vans in Household (Households) % 14.8 18.9 25.8

1 2 1 Car or Van in Household (Households) Count 80,315 985,432 9,301,776

1 2 1 Car or Van in Household (Households) % 41.4 43.5 42.2

1 2 2 Cars or Vans in Household (Households) Count 63,879 641,473 5,441,593

1 2 2 Cars or Vans in Household (Households) % 32.9 28.3 24.7

1 2 3 Cars or Vans in Household (Households) Count 15,513 151,711 1,203,865

1 2 3 Cars or Vans in Household (Households) % 8.0 6.7 5.5

1 2 4 or More Cars or Vans in Household (Households) Count 5,827 57,932 424,883

1 2 4 or More Cars or Vans in Household (Households) % 3.0 2.6 1.9

1 2 All Cars or Vans in the Area (Vehicles) Count 280,840 2,984,354 25,696,833

Source: Office for National Statistics Last Updated: 30 January 2013

87 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 12.5.4 Car ownership is high in Wiltshire reflecting the rural nature of the county. The proportion of households with access to 2 or more cars or vans is significantly higher than at both regional and national levels. The percentage of households with no access to either a car or a van is lower than in the rest of the region and country. 12.5.5 In a rural area such as Wiltshire, encouraging modal shift or reducing travel demand can be difficult. However, in the larger settlements, particularly Chippenham, Salisbury and Trowbridge, there is more scope to do so. Some smaller towns such as Westbury, Bradford on Avon and Warminster also have a higher degree of connectivity.

12.6 Public Transport 12.6.1 Public transport in Wiltshire accounts for 6% of journeys to work, which is a greater proportion than the average for the south west. However, this is half the national average suggesting scope for public transport to carry a greater proportion of trips in the county. 12.6.2 Increasing car ownership levels have given rise to greater flexibility for many social, leisure and employment activities as well as many facilities now being located on the edge of urban areas. Public transport is mostly unable to meet these changes, both in terms of service frequency and geographic coverage, thus leaving those without access to a car disadvantaged. For many trips there is no public transport alternative, or, the cost and perceived inconvenience leads car owners to choose to bear the marginal extra motoring costs.

Bus Travel 12.6.3 Bus services in Wiltshire are provided for by many different companies, with no single company being dominant across the county. The majority of services are provided on a commercial basis with the remainder being tendered revenue supported services. The tendered services are usually found in the rural areas and/or outside normal daytime hours, mainly being early morning, evening or Sunday services. 12.6.4 There has been significant growth in bus use in Wiltshire, which increased from 8.7 million passenger trips per annum in 2003/4 to 12.3 million passenger trips per annum in 2008/9 before falling back to 10.4 million in 2009/10 mainly as a result of the recession. These increases are largely as a result of the introduction of free travel for older people, but development of the Park 12.6.5 & Ride services in Salisbury, and partnership schemes with the main operators to improve ridership on their commercial services, such as Kickstart improvements to the Chippenham- Swindon route, the Salisbury Area and Active8 Quality Partnerships, have also contributed to this growth. 12.6.6 The proportion of the rural population with access to an hourly or better weekday bus service has fallen from 64% to 54% between 2003/04 and 2007/08 and the proportion with at least a daily weekday daytime service has remained around 90% during the same period (see table below). 12.6.7 The proportion of bus routes operated by low floor vehicles has increased from 11% in 2005/06 to 21% in 2007. However, both figures appear low due to the relatively large number of small rural and school services, which are less likely to be a priority for low floor conversion. The proportion of Key Bus Route services that were low floor operated in 2007 was 64% compared to 41% in 2005. 12.6.8 Currently around a third of services are subsidised by Wiltshire Council, which is a significant demand on the annual revenue budget. Additionally tender prices have risen considerably over recent years due in part to the lack of qualified bus drivers and rising fuel prices. Future increases in tender prices pose a real threat to maintaining the existing coverage of bus services in the county. 12.6.9 The most recent progress report (2008) shows that while bus punctuality remains on track the impact of slowly rising traffic levels on the road network as a whole is beginning to have an effect on bus service reliability, and several routes have required additional running time to be inserted in the timetable. On at least one route this has led to significantly increased costs as an extra vehicle was required to maintain the existing regular frequency.

Community Transport 12.6.10 Community and voluntary transport schemes play an important role in supplementing conventional services where socially necessary needs cannot be provided in cost effective manner. The council provided £330,000 of funding for community transport in 2010/11. 12.6.11 There are currently 24 community minibus schemes in the county, carrying 250,000 single passenger trips a year. The majority are small scale and locally based, providing a service predominantly for 88 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B older and less able residents, including those who travel in a wheelchair, who cannot, or who find it difficult, to use ordinary public transport. 12.6.12 There is an extensive network of over 40 'Link' good neighbour schemes in Wiltshire, providing, as part of the 'good neighbour' remit, social car coverage to 98% of rural households.

Passenger Rail 12.6.13 Rail travel is increasingly popular in Wiltshire. Monitoring of rail patronage in Wiltshire has indicated a sustained growth in the number of rail passenger journeys over recent years. The LTP 2008 progress report indicates that rail passenger trips have increased by 17% since 2003, despite a slight decrease in 2007, as shown in the following table. This was due to timetable changes following the award of the new Great Western Franchise.

Transport Interchanges 12.6.14 Transport interchanges across Wiltshire are generally of a low standard with considerable investment required to create quality facilities. Recent improvements include enhancements to the main bus interchange in Trowbridge town centre for pedestrians, cyclists and public transport users, and improvements to Chippenham station forecourt which now provides better integration of bus and rail services.

12.7 Parking 12.7.1 The car parking strategy in Wiltshire was subject to a review in 2010 and as a strategy it seeks to find a balance between supporting economic growth and being an effective demand management tool to encourage the use of sustainable transport alternatives. The majority of parking within Wiltshire’s market towns and villages is off-street, publicly operated car parks and/or on-street parking. Typically, the parking stock is supplemented by large car parks operated by supermarkets and other smaller privately operated car parks.

12.8 Freight Management 12.8.1 Road freight distribution by the use of Heavy Goods Vehicles (HGV), smaller lorries and vans are by far the most widely used form of distributing freight in the county. Approximately 85% of freight in Wiltshire is distributed via this means, which is in line with national distribution patterns. 12.8.2 Due to the rural nature of the county, freight movements have a noticeable impact upon the road network, as the roads which are used to access businesses and homes are, in instances, neither designed or always suitable for freight movements. 12.8.3 The need to provide an efficient distribution system can have an adverse impact on the local environment. This has resulted in increased vehicle emissions from road based freight traffic, increased noise, vibration, pollution, and deteriorating air quality. It also results in freight vehicles using inappropriate roads in sensitive rural areas or along residential roads. Work through the Freight Quality Partnership and the Freight Assessment Priority Mechanism seek to ensure that not only is best practice followed by the freight industry but that congestion and safety is reduced through better a managed road network for HGVs and other delivery vehicles. 12.8.4 A study by the former Wiltshire County Council, found that 86% of freight trains in Wiltshire travel through the county and there are no rail freight movements with both end trips in Wiltshire. Freight movements in the county consist predominantly of the Somerset quarry traffic routed via Westbury to London or Wootton Bassett. There is also movement of oil tanks through the county from Hampshire and freight movements from Avonmouth/Portishead and South Wales on the Great Western mainline, as well as freight from Didcot in the other direction towards Cardiff. 12.8.5 Rail freight can provide distinct benefits to business, society and local authorities over road based transport. Road based congestion and associated road maintenance could be reduced if significant transfer to rail could be achieved. However, rails biggest advantage is the environmental benefits that can be achieved. Using rail freight produces 3.4 times less CO2 per tonne-km than road transport, which means that switching to rail freight gives a 70% reduction in CO2 emissions compared to the equivalent road journey. 12.8.6 There is currently no known movement of freight on the canal system in Wiltshire. The canals are primarily used for leisure and recreational purposes.

89 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 12.9 Walking and Cycling 12.9.1 Walking is not as extensively studied as motor vehicle traffic, and useful information on the extent and purpose of walking journeys is limited. From the 2001 census, about 16% of journeys to work by residents of urban areas in Wiltshire were made on foot. Overall, the proportion of journeys to school made on foot is close to the regional average, and has been recently increasing slowly. 12.9.2 Within the UK there are great variations with the highest rates of cycling to work seen in Cambridgeshire (10% in 2001) and Oxfordshire (8%). Wiltshire has slightly higher than average levels with 4% of people cycling to work in 2001 compared to 3% across England. However, the number of cycling trips in Wiltshire has remained fairly stable since 2001 which is similar to national trends. 12.9.3 Research shows that cycling is more popular in higher income households. Wiltshire’s relative affluence and high levels of cycle ownership offer a good opportunity to increase levels of cycling. The council will continue though the LTP process and developer contributions, to seek opportunities for the development of the defined pedestrian and cycle networks for each of the main towns, as well as the programme of pedestrian and town centre accessibility improvements.

90 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 13 Water and Flood Risk

13.1 Baseline Information 13.1.1 The collection of baseline information ensures that the SA process is based on a sound evidence base and provides the basis for predicting and monitoring any environmental or sustainability effects that may be identified during the SA stages. It is made clear in the SA guidance that a practical approach to the collection of baseline information is essential as there are opportunities to update the SA work in the future. The planning authority is encouraged to use existing data sources rather than to undertake original research. 13.1.2 Key points from the JSA for Wiltshire 2012/13: Due to below-average rainfall, in March 2012 groundwater levels were the lowest for 90 years and all rivers were below normal levels, with some at exceptionally low levels. This situation was improved with above-average rainfall from April to June 2012.  Wessex Water is developing its water supply grid to meet future demand, including a new supply pipe to transfer water from Dorset to Salisbury.  The ecological status of rivers has been assessed by the Environment Agency and Wiltshire’s rivers can be compared as shown in Figure 13-1 below. Wiltshire has two sections of river (14km in total) which have been classed as ‘fail’ on chemical status.  A programme of actions is underway to improve water quality under the European Water Framework Directive. The Environment Agency in South West England has set a target of 43% of surface water bodies to be in good ecological status (or better) by 2015.  The main challenge relating to water quality in Wiltshire is high levels of phosphate, which comes from sources including agricultural fertilisers and household detergents. This can lead to excessive algal growth and poor numbers of macro invertebrates and fish.

Figure 13-1 Ecological Status of River Water Bodies in Wiltshire and related River Basin Districts (RBDs) as a Percentage of Total River Length

13.1.3 With a growing population in Wiltshire and drier summers predicted as a result of climate change, pressures on the authority’s water resources will increase and need to be carefully managed.

13.2 Water Supply 13.2.1 The majority of Wiltshire’s rivers are over abstracted, with over 70% under threat if abstraction licenses already granted were used to their full extent. The rivers within the Bristol Avon

91 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B catchment are the exception to this, but even within this catchment there is no more water available for further licensing. 13.2.2 66% of Wiltshire’s groundwater sources have been assessed as ‘poor’ in terms of quantity status, with the remaining 34% assessed as ‘good’.

13.3 Water Management and Climate Change 13.3.1 Managing the supply demand balance, in the face of the uncertainty of climate change, whilst maintaining environmental standards, will be a major challenge in water resources management in the future. Climate change presents one of the most significant issues for water resources planning. It will affect the supply demand balance by changing the yield of surface and groundwater resources, altering average and peak demands, and changing the expected yield of new resource development. 13.3.2 River flows are likely to be lower in summer, but there is currently much uncertainty in quantifying this long-term impact. This is a new area of work and water companies will need to keep their climate change assessments under review. 13.3.3 Historic groundwater flooding incidents have been minimal in Wiltshire, although groundwater within the underlying geology plays an important role in the watercourses flow regimes. Flooding from overland flow, generated from rainfall running off from surrounding land, together with flooding from sewers, due to limited capacity issues, has also been experienced. The risks of flooding from these sources are forecast to increase with the predicted effects of climate change. All potential development locations need to be checked to ensure the capacity exists within the drainage networks to reduce the risk of flooding from these sources. 13.3.4 Climate change is forecasted to result in more frequent flooding and increase the magnitude of flood events. Therefore the effects of climate change on floodplains should be a material consideration in strategic land use planning

13.4 Recreation and Tourism 13.4.1 Wiltshire’s rivers and canals provide opportunities for a wide range of recreational and tourism related activities, and are also vital components of Wiltshire’s rich environment that support a wealth of animal and plant species. Activities such as boating, fishing, walking and cycling are popular among local people and visitors to the county. 13.4.2 The Kennet and Avon Canal contributes to a range of sustainability factors and is noted for its industrial, cultural, landscape and ecological value. It also has a role as a catalyst for regeneration and investment. Some of the canal’s outstanding structures include the Caen Hill Lock Flight, Avoncliff and Dundas aquaducts, Claverton Pumping Station and Crofton Beam Engines. 13.4.3 Restoration is underway on the Wilts and Berks canal and Cotswold canals. Wiltshire Council is a key member of the respective canal partnerships. When the restoration of the Wilts and Berks Canal and Cotswold canals is complete, an impressive ‘Wessex ring’ will be formed, compromising the Kennet and Avon, Wilts and Berks and Cotswold canals.

13.5 Flood Risk 13.5.1 Wiltshire Council has prepared a county-wide Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (SFRA) and this is being used as a tool to inform strategic and local planning decisions when allocating land for development or determining applications; the SFRA is also consulted when assessing significant effects through sustainability appraisal process. 13.5.2 The SFRA makes a series of policy recommendations to ensure a consistent approach to flood risk throughout the Wiltshire Council administrative area. Those relating to area specific strategies are as follows:  In Chippenham, where deep and fast flood water flows can occur, opportunities to direct water away from areas of high social impact should be identified;  In rural areas upstream of Malmesbury, Melksham and Chippenham opportunities should be sought to increase flood storage areas capacity, including an additional storage allowance for increases in flow accounting for climate change; 92 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B  Opportunities should be sought for strategic flood storage areas in close proximity to future development areas to be maintained by developer contribution for the lifetime of the development;  In Bradford on Avon, where fluvial and surface water flooding can occur, opportunities to direct water away from areas of high social impact should be identified;  In Warminster, opportunities should be sought to open culverted watercourses, where possible, to return them to a natural system. When opening up culverted watercourses consideration should be given to ensure flood risk is not exacerbated downstream;  In the application of SuDS techniques it is recommended that priority is given to the use of surface water drainage techniques due to the generally permeable soils throughout Salisbury. Prior to implementing these techniques, each site should confirm that the use of infiltration drainage will not increase the risks of groundwater flooding.

13.5.3 The SFRA recommends further work as follows:  Level 2 work is currently being undertaken for two specific sites within Salisbury, commissioned by SDC prior to the commencement of the unitary authority. The Environment Agency has also identified that the ‘west of Swindon growth area’ may require Level 2 work to consider other sources of flooding;  The Level 2 requirements for the rest of the Wiltshire Council administrative area will not be understood until the LPA has undertaken the Sequential Test within each of the district administrative boundaries;  However, to mitigate against the anticipated effects of climate change further information through additional hydraulic modelling may be required to inform potential flood alleviation options within existing urban areas of Chippenham, Salisbury and Malmesbury; and  Issues with surface water have been identified in Warminster, Bradford on Avon and Britford. Depending on development aspirations, these locations may benefit from a surface water management plan to reduce flooding from this source in the future. In addition, areas identified for regeneration provide opportunities for holistic consideration of surface water management through such plans.

13.5.4 The Strategic Housing Land Availability Assessment (SHLAA) for Wiltshire demonstrates that there is sufficient land available in Flood Zone 1, the zone of least risk, to meet the Core Strategy proposed housing requirement of 37,000 new homes for the area.

Wiltshire Council Level 1 SFRA Update - July 2013 13.5.5 In 2010 Wiltshire Council commissioned a Countywide (covering the Wiltshire Council and Swindon Borough Council administrative areas) Minerals and Waste Level 1 SFRA Update document to include new data and reflect changes to policy and flood risk guidance. Following the changes in Planning Policy with the introduction of the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) in 2012, the introduction of new legislation (Flood Risk Regulations 2009, Flood and Water Management Act 2010) and additional responsibilities of Wiltshire Council as ‘Lead Local Flood Authority’ (LLFA), Wiltshire Council commissioned the Level 1 SFRA 2013 update to highlight these changes. 13.5.6 The update report collected new datasets were collected for review. The only main changes identified were major changes in flood extent within the Swindon, Trowbridge and Salisbury area.

Wiltshire Surface Water Management Plan (SWMP), November 2011 13.5.7 Chippenham, Trowbridge and Salisbury are the locations identified as the focus of the SWMP. Key outcomes/recommendations are highlighted below: Chippenham

13.5.8 Historically, the majority of reported flooding issues within Chippenham have been linked with

93 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B fluvial flooding from the River Avon. Surface water flooding combined with sewer exceedance has occurred within the High Street causing localised flooding of surrounding commercial properties. Key observations are as follows:  A potential overland flow path has been identified within the Eastern Avenue area. This area is served by an existing public surface water sewer network but is likely to have localised flooding where sewer capacity is exceeded;  Historically, the high street has experience flooding associated with surface water sewer exceedance. Pluvial modelling illustrates that this area will remain susceptible to surface water flooding and is likely to be exacerbated by high water levels within the River Avon;  Potential development in the Hill Corner Road area may offer opportunities to reduce the surface water flood risk associated with a culverted watercourse to the south of the area; and  Potential developments in the Pewsham Way and Hardens Farm area are located in greenfield areas. These are not served by the public sewer system and flow paths associated with ordinary watercourses (ditches, mainly) are likely to convey water to the River Avon. Surface water management should be considered during the masterplanning phases to direct development away from potential flow routes and to provide green open space.

Trowbridge

13.5.9 Historically, the majority of reported flooding issues within Trowbridge have been linked with fluvial flooding from the River Biss. Surface water flooding incidents have been limited, with no significant issues identified. Key observations are as follows:  A potential overland flow path has been identified within the Timbrell Street area. This area is served by an existing public surface water sewer network but is likely to have localised flooding where sewer capacity is exceeded.  Potential surface water and sewer exceedance issues were identified by the pluvial modelling in the Green Lane Area and Bramley Lane Area.  Potential flood risk issues associated with the Drynham Brook ordinary watercourse were identified by the pluvial modelling.  Potential development in the east of Trowbridge in the Green Lane area is not considered to be constrained by surface water flooding issues.  Potential development in the south east of Trowbridge is in predominantly greenfield areas. These are not served by the public sewer system and flow paths associated with ordinary watercourses (ditches mainly) are likely to convey water to the River Biss. Surface water management should be considered during the masterplanning phases to direct development away from potential flow routes and provide green open space.

Salisbury

13.5.10 Historically, the majority of reported flooding issues within Salisbury and the surrounding area have been linked with fluvial flooding from the River Avon (Hampshire), River Nadder and River Bourne. However, due to the nature of the underlying bedrock, base flows within these rivers are inherently linked with groundwater levels. During wet periods, surface water infiltration into the underlying aquifer causes groundwater levels to rise causing increases in base flow within river channels. These cause longer duration flood events that are a combination of groundwater and fluvial flows. Key observations are as follows:  Potential overland flow paths have been identified within the Bermaton and Laverstock areas. These areas are served by an existing public surface water sewer network but are likely to have localised flooding where sewer capacity is exceeded and depressions within the flow path exist;  Potential surface water and exceedance of ordinary watercourses were identified by the pluvial modelling in the Britford Area;  Flooding issues are identified in the city centre area, historical flood incidents have 94 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B been noted in this location (in particular the cathedral area) and are likely to be from a combination of sources including fluvial, surface water sewer exceedance, surface water ponding and groundwater levels;  Potential flood risk issues associated with overland flows, ordinary watercourses and the interaction with the underlying groundwater levels and River Nadder in the Netherhampton area; and  Potential flood risk issues associated with overland flows/ordinary watercourses in the Old Sarum area.

13.6 Water Supply and Demand 13.6.1 Using comparisons between supply and demand forecasts, Wessex Water has identified that there is the potential for deficits in water supply to occur in Wiltshire as a result of decreases in abstractions to protect sensitive watercourses such as the Hampshire Avon, as a result of climate change and as a result of population growth. Development of an integrated water supply grid is now in the initial stages of development and is expected to provide part of a long- term solution to the challenge of climate change, alongside leakage reduction and water efficiency.

13.7 Water Infrastructure 13.7.1 The impacts of climate change are likely to significantly affect waste water treatment infrastructure as well. Wessex Water expects to see more frequent damage to pipe work as soils dry out and shrink. The sewerage network is likely to come under greater pressure from more intense rainfall, which could lead to sewer flooding and spills from combined sewer overflows. More prolonged periods of dry weather could mean that treated effluent from sewage treatment works returned to rivers constitutes a higher proportion of the flow in these rivers and streams, whilst hotter weather could lead to an increase in complaints from residents concerning odour from sewage works.

13.8 Water Quality and Phosphate Levels 13.8.1 The River Avon SAC and ground water sources are particularly vulnerable to the effects of diffuse and point source pollution. The Draft Core Strategy identifies the need for the use of sustainable drainage (SUDS) and water conservation measures in relation to the River Avon SAC. 13.8.2 A specific issue considered in the initial HRA of the Core Strategy was the potential for likely significant effects upon the River Avon SAC through elevated phosphate levels from additional sewage discharges in the catchment. However, following the completion of significant upgrades to the sewage treatment infrastructure last year, the Environment Agency has concluded that sewage discharges projected by the Core Strategy will be compliant with the Habitats Regulations provided that a Nutrient Management Plan is put in place to bring down phosphate levels. 13.8.3 The Environment Agency and Natural England are currently working on the Nutrient Management Plan. The plan will identify works that are required to reduce river phosphate levels and the funding required for these. At that stage it will be appropriate for Wiltshire Council to consider whether it is appropriate for development to contribute to the implementation of the plan. If the Nutrient Management Plan identifies a need for developer contributions to deliver the necessary phosphate reductions, the Core Strategy (or other DPD/SPD) will need to consider this.

13.9 Nitrogen Enrichment 13.9.1 Nitrogen enrichment of surface waters and groundwater is already regarded as a problem in a number of areas. Wiltshire’s chalk streams are internationally important for biodiversity, but currently suffer from a number of interacting factors that are having negative impacts.

95 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B 13.10 Groundwater Protection 13.10.1 We need to manage and protect our groundwater resources from pollution if we are to continue to have sustainable supplies in the future. We also need to protect aquatic environments and ecosystems that depend on groundwater. Groundwater supplies about one third of mains drinking water in England as well as supporting numerous private supplies, but pollution and demands for water puts the resource under pressure. Groundwater also has many benefits, including to:  Society - by providing water that needs little treatment before it can be drunk;  The Economy - groundwater reserves are worth an estimated £8 billion; and  The Environment - all rivers are partly fed by groundwater. Some rivers and wetlands are completely dependent on it.

13.10.2 There are two key risks to groundwater, these are:  Pollution - groundwater is vulnerable to contamination and is difficult to clean. Nitrate, pesticides, solvents and other chemicals can get into groundwater from both surface water and soils; and  Demand - over use of groundwater depletes the public water supply, so we might not be able to rely on it in the future. Many rivers and wildlife also depend heavily on groundwater and may be harmed, or lost, if groundwater levels become too low. 35% of groundwater bodies are classified as at ‘poor quantitative status’ under the EU Water Framework Directive because of abstraction pressures.

96 Sustainability Appraisal/ Strategic Environmental Assessment Scoping Report Appendix B

This document was published by the Spatial Planning team, Wiltshire Council, Economic Development and Planning Services. Information about Wiltshire Council services can be made available in other formats (such as large print or audio) and languages on request. Please contact the council on 0300 456 0100, by textphone on (01225) 712500 or by email on [email protected]. For further information please visit the following website: http://www.wiltshire.gov.uk/planninganddevelopment/planningpolicy.htm